TW201241046A - Coating solution for forming polyimide film, liquid crystal alignment agent, polyimide film, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element - Google Patents

Coating solution for forming polyimide film, liquid crystal alignment agent, polyimide film, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201241046A
TW201241046A TW100149242A TW100149242A TW201241046A TW 201241046 A TW201241046 A TW 201241046A TW 100149242 A TW100149242 A TW 100149242A TW 100149242 A TW100149242 A TW 100149242A TW 201241046 A TW201241046 A TW 201241046A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
good
film
paa
polyimine
Prior art date
Application number
TW100149242A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI519569B (en
Inventor
Satoshi Minami
Original Assignee
Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd filed Critical Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd
Publication of TW201241046A publication Critical patent/TW201241046A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI519569B publication Critical patent/TWI519569B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D179/00Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09D161/00 - C09D177/00
    • C09D179/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C09D179/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Paints Or Removers (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a coating solution for forming a polyimide film, said coating solution comprising: a polymer of a polyimide precursor obtained by polymerizing a tetracarbonate component and a diamine component, and/or a polyimide formed by the imidization of the polyimide precursor; and a bifunctional compound represented by formula [A] and having a Meldrum's acid structure introduced into each of two amino groups of a diamine compound. Also provided are: a liquid crystal alignment agent comprising said coating solution; a polyimide film obtained by firing a substrate coated using said coating solution; a polyimide film comprising a polyimide in which the polymer is crosslinked using the bifunctional compound represented by formula [A]; a liquid crystal alignment film comprising the polyimide film; and a liquid crystal display element equipped with said liquid crystal alignment film. (In the formula, Y, R1 and R2 are groups specified in claims 1 and 4.)

Description

201241046 六、發明說明 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於新穎之聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液及液晶 配向劑、使用此等所形成的聚醯亞胺膜及液晶配向膜、以 及液晶顯示元件。 【先前技術】 液晶顯示元件中,液晶配向膜具有使液晶朝一定的方 向配向的功能。現在利用於工業的主要液晶配向膜係藉由 將聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚醯胺酸(亦稱polyamic acid。)、聚 醯胺酸酯或聚醯亞胺的溶液所構成聚醯.亞胺系的液晶配向 劑塗佈於基板而成膜來製作。又,使液晶相對基板面而言 平行配向或傾斜配向之場合,在成膜後、進而進行摩擦之 表面延伸處理。又,代替摩擦處理者亦提案有利用以偏光 紫外線照射等之異方性光化學反應的方法,在近年進行工 業取向的檢討。 爲了使如此之液晶顯示元件之顯示特性提升,藉由聚 醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯或聚醯亞胺之構造變更、特性不同的 聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯或聚醯亞胺的混合物或加入添加劑 等手法,進行液晶配向性或電特性等改善或預傾角的控制 等。 以聚醯亞胺之構造控制預傾角之技術中,使用具有側 鏈之二胺作爲聚醯亞胺原料之一部分的方法,因應該二胺 的使用比例而可控制預傾角,比較容易得到目的預傾角, -5- 201241046 可用作爲使預傾角變大的手段。使液晶的預傾角變大之二 胺的側鏈構造方面,已知長鏈之烷基或氟烷基(例如專利 文獻1作參考)、環狀基或環狀基與烷基的組合(例如專利 文獻2作參考)、類固醇骨架(例如專利文獻3作參考) 等。 又,如此用以使液晶的預傾角變大的二胺,亦探討用 以改善預傾角的安定性或製程依賴性之構造,在此可使用 的側鏈構造方面,提案有含苯基或環己基等環構造者(例 如專利文獻4,5作參考)。進而亦提案如此之在側鏈具有 3個〜4個環構造的二胺(例如專利文獻6作參考)。 近年、液晶顯示元件伴隨廣泛在大畫面的液晶電視或 高精細的行動式用途(數位相機或行動電話之顯示部分)領 域實用化,與從前相比使用的基板之大型化、基板段差之 凹凸變大。如此之狀況中,由顯示特性的觀點,對大型基 板或段差追求均勻塗佈液晶配向膜。 液晶配向膜之製作步驟中,將聚醯胺酸之溶液或溶劑 可溶性聚醯亞胺的溶液塗佈於基板時,工業上普遍以柔版 印刷等進行。塗佈液之溶劑除了樹脂之溶解性優異的溶劑 (以下、亦稱良溶劑)之N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮或γ-丁內酯等 外’爲了使塗膜均勻性提高,而混合樹脂之溶解性低的溶 劑(以下、亦稱貧溶劑)之丁基溶纖劑等。然而,貧溶劑因 使聚醯胺酸或聚醯亞胺溶解的能力差,而多量混合則產生 析出(例如專利文獻7作參考)。尤其,在溶劑可溶性聚醯 亞胺的溶液,該問題變得顯著。又,使用前述之具有側鏈 -6- 201241046 之二胺而得到的聚醯亞胺因有溶液之塗佈均 向,所以需要增加貧溶劑之混合量,如此之 許量亦成爲聚醯亞胺的重要特性。 又,伴隨液晶顯示元件之高性能化、大 裝置的省電力化等,此外在種種的環境下可 配向膜要求的特性亦變得嚴苛。尤其,將液 於基板時,有節拍時間變長而析出或分離而 或因累積電荷(RDC)之燒接等問題的課題, 以同時解決此兩者。 如此,聚醯亞胺系液晶配向膜中,爲了 性,雖使用種種二胺成分作爲原料之一部分 性之關係中亦有無法自由使用所期望的二胺 進一步,聚醯亞胺爲了其特徴之高機 性、耐溶劑性,在液晶配向膜以外,廣泛月 子領域中之保護材料、絕緣材料,在作爲如 合雖亦同樣地進行改良成爲聚醯亞胺的原料 但仍無法自由使用所期望的二胺成分上亦相 等所期望特性之改善可容易地進行。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]日本特開平2-282726號公 [專利文獻2]日本特開平3-179323號公 [專利文獻3]日本特開平4-28 1 427號公 [專利文獻4]日本特開平9-278 724號公 勻性降低之傾 溶劑之混合容 面積化、顯示 使用、對液晶 晶配向劑塗佈 產生印刷不良 在習知技術難 改善所期望特 ,但與其他特 成分之場合。 械強度、耐熱 目作爲電氣·電 此之材料的場 之二胺成分, 同。而希望此 報 報 報 報 201241046 [專利文獻5]國際公開第20 04/52962號文獻 [專利文獻6]日本特開2004-67589號公報 [專利文獻7]日本特開平2-37324號公報 【發明內容】 [發明所欲解決之課題] 本發明的課題在於解決上述習知技術的問題點,提供 能得到可容易且較自由地改善種種特性的聚醯亞胺膜之聚 醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液及液晶配向劑、使用此等所形成的 聚醯亞胺膜及液晶配向膜、以及液晶顯示元件。 [解決課題之手段] 解決上述課題的本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液之 特徵係含有藉由使四羧酸及其衍生物所選出的至少一種之 四羧酸成分與二胺成分進行聚合反應而得到的聚醯亞胺前 驅物、及將該聚醯亞胺前驅物醯亞胺化而得到的聚醯亞胺 所選出的至少一種之聚合物、與在二胺化合物的各自二個 的胺基導入米氏酸構造的下述式[A]所表示的二官能化合 物。 【化1】201241046 VI. Description of the Invention [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a novel coating liquid for forming a polyimide film, a liquid crystal alignment agent, a polyimide film formed using the same, and a liquid crystal alignment film, and Liquid crystal display element. [Prior Art] Among the liquid crystal display elements, the liquid crystal alignment film has a function of aligning the liquid crystals in a certain direction. The main liquid crystal alignment film currently used in the industry is composed of a solution of a polyamidamine precursor (polyamic acid), a polyamidomate or a polyamidene. An amine-based liquid crystal alignment agent is applied onto a substrate to form a film. Further, when the liquid crystal is aligned in parallel or obliquely with respect to the substrate surface, the surface extension treatment after rubbing is performed after the film formation. In addition, a method of using an anisotropic photochemical reaction such as polarized ultraviolet ray irradiation has been proposed in place of the friction processor, and the industrial orientation has been reviewed in recent years. In order to enhance the display characteristics of such a liquid crystal display element, a polyamine, a polyamidolate or a polyphthalamide having a different structural change or a different property of polyacrylic acid, a polyamidomate or a polyimine A mixture of amines or an additive is added to improve liquid crystal alignment or electrical properties, control of pretilt angle, and the like. In the technique of controlling the pretilt angle by the structure of polyimine, a method of using a diamine having a side chain as a part of a raw material of a polyimide, the pretilt angle can be controlled according to the ratio of use of the diamine, and the purpose is relatively easy to obtain. Inclination, -5- 201241046 can be used as a means to increase the pretilt angle. In terms of the side chain structure of the diamine which increases the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal, a long-chain alkyl group or a fluoroalkyl group (for example, refer to Patent Document 1), a cyclic group or a combination of a cyclic group and an alkyl group (for example, Patent Document 2 is a reference), a steroid skeleton (for example, Patent Document 3 for reference), and the like. Further, in such a diamine for increasing the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal, a structure for improving the stability or process dependency of the pretilt angle is also considered, and a side chain structure which can be used here is proposed to have a phenyl group or a ring. A hexyl isocyclic constructor (for example, Patent Documents 4, 5 for reference). Further, a diamine having a structure of 3 to 4 rings in the side chain is proposed (for example, refer to Patent Document 6). In recent years, liquid crystal display devices have been widely used in the field of large-screen liquid crystal televisions or high-definition mobile applications (displays for digital cameras or mobile phones), and the size of substrates used in comparison with the previous ones has become larger. Big. In such a case, from the viewpoint of display characteristics, it is desired to uniformly apply a liquid crystal alignment film to a large substrate or a step. In the production step of the liquid crystal alignment film, when a solution of a polyamic acid solution or a solvent-soluble polyimine is applied to a substrate, industrially, flexographic printing or the like is generally used. In addition to N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone or γ-butyrolactone of a solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as a good solvent) having excellent solubility in a resin, the solvent of the coating liquid is mixed in order to improve the uniformity of the coating film. A butyl cellosolve such as a solvent having low solubility (hereinafter also referred to as a poor solvent). However, the poor solvent has a poor ability to dissolve polyglycine or polyimine, and a large amount of mixing causes precipitation (for example, Patent Document 7). In particular, in a solvent-soluble polyimine solution, the problem becomes remarkable. Further, since the polyimine obtained by using the above-mentioned diamine having a side chain of from 6 to 201241046 is coated by a solution, it is necessary to increase the amount of the poor solvent, and the amount is also a polyimine. Important characteristics. Further, with the improvement of the performance of the liquid crystal display element, the power saving of a large device, and the like, the characteristics required for the alignment film in various environments are also severe. In particular, when the liquid is applied to the substrate, there is a problem that the tact time becomes long and precipitates or separates, or the problem of burning due to accumulated electric charge (RDC) is solved, and both of them are simultaneously solved. As described above, in the polyimine-based liquid crystal alignment film, the desired diamine is not easily used in the relationship of using various kinds of diamine components as a raw material, and the polyimine is particularly high in terms of its properties. In addition to the liquid crystal alignment film, the protective material and the insulating material in the field of the moon have been improved as a raw material of polyimine in the same manner as in the case of the liquid crystal alignment film. The improvement in the desired properties of the diamine component can also be easily carried out. [PRIOR ART DOCUMENT] [Patent Document 1] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. [Patent Document 4] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 9-278-724, the mixing volume of the decanting agent having a reduced uniformity, the use of the liquid crystal crystal alignment agent, and the printing failure of the liquid crystal crystal alignment agent are not expected to be improved. With other special ingredients. The mechanical strength and heat resistance are the same as the diamine component of the field of electrical and electric materials. In the case of the present invention, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. [Problems to be Solved by the Invention] An object of the present invention is to solve the problems of the above-described conventional techniques, and to provide a polyimide film which can be obtained by a polyimine film which can easily and freely improve various properties. A coating liquid, a liquid crystal alignment agent, a polyimide film formed using the above, a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display element. [Means for Solving the Problem] The coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention which solves the above-mentioned problems is characterized by containing at least one tetracarboxylic acid component and a diamine selected by using a tetracarboxylic acid and a derivative thereof. a polyimine precursor obtained by polymerizing a component, and at least one polymer selected from the polyimide obtained by imidating the polyimine precursor ruthenium, and each of the diamine compounds The two amine groups are introduced into the difunctional compound represented by the following formula [A] of the structure of the Michler acid. 【化1】

(式中,γ爲來自前述二胺化合物之2價有機基,1及r2 201241046 各自爲-Η、或可在任意位置含有苯環、環己烷環、雜環、 氟、酸鍵、醋鍵、酿胺鍵的碳原子數爲1〜35的一價有機 基且可與Υ之一部分連結形成環,又,1及R2可爲相同 或相異。) 本發明的液晶配向劑之特徵係由上述聚醯亞胺膜形成 用塗佈液所構成。 又,本發明的聚醯亞胺膜之特徵係將上述聚醯亞胺膜 形成用塗佈液塗佈於基板、進行燒成而得。 接著,本發明的聚醯亞胺膜之特徵係由四羧酸及其衍 生物所選出的至少一種之四羧酸成分與二胺成分進行聚合 反應而得到的聚醯亞胺前驅物、及將該聚醯亞胺前驅物醯 亞胺化而得到的聚醯亞胺所選出的至少一種之聚合物以在 二胺化合物的各自二個的胺基導入米氏酸構造的下述式[Α] 所表示的二官能化合物進行交聯的聚醯亞胺所構成。 【化2】(wherein γ is a divalent organic group derived from the above diamine compound, and 1 and r2 201241046 are each -Η, or may contain a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring, a heterocyclic ring, a fluorine, an acid bond, or a vinegar bond at any position. The amine-bonding bond has a monovalent organic group having 1 to 35 carbon atoms and may be bonded to a part of the oxime to form a ring. Further, 1 and R2 may be the same or different. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is characterized by The coating liquid for forming a polyimide film is formed. Further, the polyimine film of the present invention is characterized in that the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film is applied onto a substrate and baked. Next, the polyimine film of the present invention is characterized by a polyimine precursor obtained by polymerizing at least one tetracarboxylic acid component selected from a tetracarboxylic acid and a derivative thereof and a diamine component, and The at least one polymer selected from the polyimide obtained by imidization of the polyimine precursor is introduced into the following formula of the structure of the Michler acid in the amine group of each of the diamine compounds [Α] The represented difunctional compound is composed of a crosslinked polyimine. [Chemical 2]

(式中’ Υ爲來自前述二胺化合物之2價有機基,1^及R2 各自爲-Η、或可在任意位置含有苯環、環己烷環、雜環、 氟、醚鍵、酯鍵、醯胺鍵的碳原子數爲1〜35的一價有機 基且可與Υ之—部分連結形成環,又,心及&2可爲相同 或相異。) -9 - 201241046 又,本發明的液晶配向膜之特徵係由上述 所構成。 又,本發明的液晶顯示元件之特徵係具備 向膜》 [發明的效果] 根據本發明,含有在二胺化合物的各自二 入米氏酸構造的上述式[A]所表示的二官能化 配向劑等聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液,可得到能 種種特性的液晶配向膜等之聚醯亞胺膜。接著 所表示的二官能化合物爲在二胺化合物的各自 導入米氏酸構造者,作爲該二胺化合物因爲可 到以往討論的所期望特性用之二胺成分,而得 胺膜之種種特性可容易地改善。又,本發明的 形成用塗佈液含有的聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞 以上述式[A]所表示的二官能化合物進行交聯 聚醯亞胺膜對有機溶劑有耐性、且亦可成爲硬 [實施發明之最佳形態] 以下、將本發明詳細說明。 本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液爲含有 物的各自二個的胺基導入米氏酸構造的下述5 的二官能化合物者。 聚醯亞胺膜 上述液晶配 個的胺基導 合物的液晶 較自由改善 ,上述式[A] 二個的胺基 使用爲了得 到的聚醯亞 聚醯亞胺膜 胺經加熱而 ,故得到的 膜。 在二胺化合 5 [ A ]所表示 -10- 201241046 【化3 1(wherein Υ is a divalent organic group derived from the aforementioned diamine compound, and each of 1 and R 2 is -Η, or may contain a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring, a heterocyclic ring, a fluorine, an ether bond, or an ester bond at any position. The guanamine bond has a monovalent organic group having 1 to 35 carbon atoms and may be bonded to the oxime to form a ring, and the heart and & 2 may be the same or different.) -9 - 201241046 The characteristics of the liquid crystal alignment film of the invention are constituted as described above. Further, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is characterized in that it has a film toward the film. [Effects of the Invention] According to the present invention, the difunctionalization alignment represented by the above formula [A] in the structure of the di-minic acid of each of the diamine compounds is contained. A coating liquid for forming a polyimine film such as a solvent can obtain a polyimide film such as a liquid crystal alignment film having various properties. The difunctional compound to be described next is a structure in which a milli acid structure is introduced into each of the diamine compounds, and the diamine compound can be easily used as a diamine component for the desired properties discussed in the prior art. Improvement. Further, the polyimine precursor or the polyfluorene contained in the coating liquid for forming of the present invention is crosslinked with a difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A], and is resistant to an organic solvent. It can be hard [Best Mode of Carrying Out the Invention] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. The coating liquid for forming a polyimine film of the present invention is a difunctional compound of the following 5 in which the amine group of each of the two substances is introduced into the structure of the Michler acid. The liquid crystal of the above-mentioned liquid crystal-containing amine-based compound of the polyimide film is freely improved, and the amine groups of the above formula [A] are heated by using the obtained polyfluorene-imine film amine. Membrane. Represented by diamine compound 5 [ A ] -10- 201241046 [Chemical 3 1

(式中’ Y爲來自前述二胺化合物之2價有機基,1及r2 各自爲-Η、或可在任意位置含有苯環、環己烷環、雜環、 氣、酸鍵、酯鍵、醯胺鍵的碳原子數爲1〜35的一價有機 基且可與Υ之—部分連結形成環,又,1及R2可爲相同 或相異。) 上述式[Α]中,γ如上述般爲來自上述式[Α]所表示的 二官能化合物的原料之二胺化合物之2價有機基,其構造 雖不特別限定,但Υ之具體例方面,可舉例如下述式(Υ_ υ 〜(Υ-12 0)所表示的2價有機基等。其中,將得到的聚醯 亞胺膜用作爲液晶配向膜之場合,爲了得到良好的液晶配 向性,以直線性高的二胺化合物爲原料之構造爲佳,如此 之 Υ 方面,可舉例如(Υ-7)、(Υ-10)、(Y-l 1) ' (Υ-12)、 (Υ-13) 、 (Υ-21) 、 (Υ-22) 、 (Υ-23) 、 (Υ-25) 、-(Υ-26)、 (Υ-27) ' (Υ-41)、(Υ-42)、(Υ-43)、(Υ-44)、(Υ-45)、 (Υ-46) 、 (Υ-48) 、 (Υ-61) 、 (Υ-63) 、 (Υ-64) 、 (Υ-65)、 (Υ-66)、(Υ-67)、(Υ-68)、(Υ-69)、(Υ-70)、(Υ-71) ' (Υ-78) 、 (Υ-?9) 、 (Υ·80) ' (γ_81) 、 (Υ-82)或(γ_109)等。 又,將得到的聚醯亞胺膜作爲使液晶的預傾角增高用的液 晶配向膜之場合’以側鏈具有長鏈院基(例如碳數1〇以上 之院基)、芳香族環、脂肪族環、類固醇骨架、或組合此 -11 - 201241046 等之構造的二胺化合物爲原料之構造爲佳,如此之γ方 面,可舉例如(Υ-83)、(Υ-84)、(Υ-85)、(Υ-86)、(Υ-87)、 (Υ-88) 、 (Υ-89) 、 (Υ-90) 、 (Υ-91) 、 (Υ-92) 、 (Υ-93)、 (Υ-94) 、 (Υ-95) 、 (Υ-96) 、 (Υ-97) 、 (Υ-98) 、 (Υ-99)、 (Υ-100)、 (Υ-101)、 (Υ-102)、 (Υ-103)、 (Υ-104)、 (Υ-丨 05)、(Υ-106)、(Υ-107)、或(Υ-108)等’但不限於 此。又,在欲使液晶顯示元件之電特性提升場合’可舉例 如(Υ-31) 、 (Υ-40) 、 (Υ-64) 、 (Υ-65) 、 (Υ-66) 、 (Υ-67)、 (Υ-109)、(Υ-110)等。又,欲對液晶配向膜賦予光反應性 之場合,可舉例如(Υ-17)、 (Υ-18)、 (Y-lll)、 (Υ-112)、 (Υ-113)、 (Υ-114)、 (Υ-115)、 (Υ-116)、 (Υ-117)、 (Y-l18) 、 (Υ-119)等。 【化4】(wherein Y is a divalent organic group derived from the above diamine compound, and each of 1 and r2 is -Η, or may contain a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring, a hetero ring, a gas, an acid bond, an ester bond, or The guanamine bond has a monovalent organic group having 1 to 35 carbon atoms and may be bonded to a moiety of the oxime to form a ring, and 1 and R2 may be the same or different. In the above formula [Α], γ is as described above. The divalent organic group of the diamine compound which is a raw material of the difunctional compound represented by the above formula [Α] is not particularly limited, and specific examples thereof include the following formula (Υ_ υ 〜( 2-12 0) The divalent organic group represented by the above. When the obtained polyimine film is used as a liquid crystal alignment film, in order to obtain good liquid crystal alignment, a highly linear diamine compound is used as a raw material. The structure is preferably such that, for example, (Υ-7), (Υ-10), (Yl 1) '(Υ-12), (Υ-13), (Υ-21), (Υ -22) , (Υ-23), (Υ-25), -(Υ-26), (Υ-27) ' (Υ-41), (Υ-42), (Υ-43), (Υ- 44), (Υ-45), (Υ-46), (Υ-48), (Υ -61) , (Υ-63), (Υ-64), (Υ-65), (Υ-66), (Υ-67), (Υ-68), (Υ-69), (Υ-70) ), (Υ-71) ' (Υ-78), (Υ-?9), (Υ·80) ' (γ_81), (Υ-82) or (γ_109), etc. When the amine film is used as a liquid crystal alignment film for increasing the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal, the side chain has a long-chain courtyard group (for example, a hospital having a carbon number of 1 Å or more), an aromatic ring, an aliphatic ring, a steroid skeleton, or a combination. The structure of the diamine compound of the structure of -11 - 201241046 is preferably a raw material, and such γ may, for example, be (Υ-83), (Υ-84), (Υ-85), (Υ-86). , (Υ-87), (Υ-88), (Υ-89), (Υ-90), (Υ-91), (Υ-92), (Υ-93), (Υ-94), ( Υ-95), (Υ-96), (Υ-97), (Υ-98), (Υ-99), (Υ-100), (Υ-101), (Υ-102), (Υ- 103), (Υ-104), (Υ-丨05), (Υ-106), (Υ-107), or (Υ-108), etc. 'but not limited to this. Also, in order to make the liquid crystal display element For the case where the electric characteristics are improved, for example, (Υ-31), (Υ-40) , (Υ-64), (Υ-65), (Υ-66), (Υ-67), (Υ-109), (Υ-110), etc. Further, when it is desired to impart photoreactivity to the liquid crystal alignment film, for example, (Υ-17), (Υ-18), (Y-ll), (Υ-112), (Υ-113), (Υ- 114), (Υ-115), (Υ-116), (Υ-117), (Y-l18), (Υ-119), etc. 【化4】

-12- 201241046 【化5】-12- 201241046 【化5】

(Υ-24) (Y-25) (Y-26) (Y-27) (Y-28)(Υ-24) (Y-25) (Y-26) (Y-27) (Y-28)

【化7】【化7】

QM7) 〇M8) (Y-49) (Y-50) (Y-51) 【化8】 ?h3 CH3 ch3 ch3 -(CH2)n--(CH2)2-C-(CH2)2- n = 2-5 CH3 —(CH2)4-C-(CH2)3--CH2-g-(CH2)2-g-(CH2)2- ch3 h h (Y-52) (Y-53) (Y-54) (Y-55) ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 -ch2-c-(ch2)2- -C-(CH2)3-- Π (CH2)2-C-(CH2)5- Π -(CH2)4-C-(CH2)5- (Y-56) (Y-57) (Y-58) -13- 201241046 ch3 ch3 (CH2)3-Si-〇-Si-(CH2)3- CH3 ch3 (Y-60)QM7) 〇M8) (Y-49) (Y-50) (Y-51) [Chemical 8] ?h3 CH3 ch3 ch3 -(CH2)n--(CH2)2-C-(CH2)2- n = 2-5 CH3 —(CH2)4-C-(CH2)3--CH2-g-(CH2)2-g-(CH2)2-ch3 hh (Y-52) (Y-53) (Y-54 ) (Y-55) ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 -ch2-c-(ch2)2- -C-(CH2)3-- Π (CH2)2-C-(CH2)5- Π -(CH2)4-C -(CH2)5- (Y-56) (Y-57) (Y-58) -13- 201241046 ch3 ch3 (CH2)3-Si-〇-Si-(CH2)3- CH3 ch3 (Y-60)

(Y-62) (Y-63) 【化1 0 叉 (Y-64) (Y-65) (Y-66)(Y-62) (Y-63) 【化1 0 fork (Y-64) (Y-65) (Y-66)

Xr'Xr'

0(CH2CH20)n 2-4 (Y-7〇) O η = 2·5 (Y-67) °xx /^0(CH2CH20)m_^ ^^〇(CH2CH20)n_^^ ΧΧ〇(〇Η2〇Η2〇)ΛΛ XT n = 2_4 众 (Y-69) m,n = 2-4 【化1 1 (Y-71) (Y-72) (Y-73)0(CH2CH20)n 2-4 (Y-7〇) O η = 2·5 (Y-67) °xx /^0(CH2CH20)m_^ ^^〇(CH2CH20)n_^^ ΧΧ〇(〇Η2〇 Η2〇)ΛΛ XT n = 2_4 众(Y-69) m,n = 2-4 【化1 1 (Y-71) (Y-72) (Y-73)

^ ^°yX0J(X XiSd>^6XK "Ck0^b<0JX (Y-74) υ (Y-75) (Y-76) ^X〇J^ik〇^ ^〇η(=Η2:5〇Χ^ -14- 201241046 【化1 2】 n = 2~5 (Y-81) 一 η = 2~5^ ^°yX0J(X XiSd>^6XK "Ck0^b<0JX (Y-74) υ (Y-75) (Y-76) ^X〇J^ik〇^ ^〇η(=Η2:5〇 Χ^ -14- 201241046 【化1 2】 n = 2~5 (Y-81) η = 2~5

(Y-80) p-(CH2)n-Q η = 2~5 (CH2)n*CH3(Y-80) p-(CH2)n-Q η = 2~5 (CH2)n*CH3

(Y-82) 【化1 3】 °~0~0-(CH2)n"CH3 (Y-85) η = 0~21 Ο- (CH2)n—CH3(Y-82) [化1 3] °~0~0-(CH2)n"CH3 (Y-85) η = 0~21 Ο- (CH2)n-CH3

、0—(CH2)n-CH3 (Υ-91) η = 0~21 ^0~〇-(CH2)n-CH3 (Υ-93) :0~21 (Y-83) -(CH2)n-CH3 η = 5-19 (γ-84) η = 5〜19, 0—(CH2)n-CH3 (Υ-91) η = 0~21 ^0~〇-(CH2)n-CH3 (Υ-93) :0~21 (Y-83) -(CH2)n- CH3 η = 5-19 (γ-84) η = 5~19

丨—(3~(CH2)n-CH3 (Y-86) n = °~21 -0—Q-°-(CH2)n-CH3丨—(3~(CH2)n-CH3 (Y-86) n = °~21 -0—Q-°-(CH2)n-CH3

(Y-88) η = 〇~21 〇-(CH2)n^CH3 p s 〇~21 (Y-90)叔 ch3 n = 〇~21 (Y-92)(Y-88) η = 〇~21 〇-(CH2)n^CH3 p s 〇~21 (Y-90) Uncle ch3 n = 〇~21 (Y-92)

(Y-94) n = 0~21 〇-(CH2)n-CH3(Y-94) n = 0~21 〇-(CH2)n-CH3

【化1 4】 (CH2)n-CH3[化1 4] (CH2)n-CH3

—0~(CH2)n-CH3 n = 0—21 (Y-96) o—C3C^~"o"~(CH2)n_*CH3 (Y-98) n = 0~21 15 201241046 【化1 5】—0~(CH2)n-CH3 n = 0—21 (Y-96) o—C3C^~"o"~(CH2)n_*CH3 (Y-98) n = 0~21 15 201241046 5]

〇-cf3 (Y-99) (Υ-100)〇-cf3 (Y-99) (Υ-100)

【化1 6】【化1 6】

201241046 【化1 7】201241046 【化1 7】

在二|安&合牧I的各自二個的胺基導入米氏酸構造的上 述式[A]所表示的二官能化合物,例如可藉由在原甲酸三 甲醋中,或原甲酸三乙醋中’或者、一般的有機合成可使 -17- 201241046 用的有機溶劑(例如乙酸乙酯 '己烷、甲苯、四氫呋喃、 乙腈、甲醇 '氯仿、丨,4-二噁烷、N,N_二甲基甲醯胺、N_ 甲基-2-卩比略烷酮)中’使原甲酸三甲酯或原甲酸三乙酯與 下述式[B]所表示的二胺化合物與米氏酸進行反應而製 造》下述式[B]所表示的二胺化合物,可使用用以得到以 往討論的所期望特性的二胺成分,亦即,與四羧酸成分進 行聚合反應以製造聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺用之二胺成 分’亦即用以得到所期望特性的二胺成分。又,反應溫度 或反應時間雖不特別限制,例如6 0〜1 2 0 °C、3 0分鐘〜2 小時左右反應即可。 【化1 9】The difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A] in which the respective two amino groups of the di-anthracene ampoule I are introduced into the Michler acid structure can be, for example, in orthoformic acid trimethyl vinegar or triethyl orthoformate. In the 'or, general organic synthesis can be used to -17- 201241046 organic solvents (such as ethyl acetate 'hexane, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, acetonitrile, methanol 'chloroform, hydrazine, 4-dioxane, N, N_ two In the case of methylformamide or N-methyl-2-indole-s-alkanone), trimethyl orthoformate or triethyl orthoformate is subjected to a diamine compound represented by the following formula [B] and a michroic acid. The diamine compound represented by the following formula [B] can be produced by a reaction, and a diamine component for obtaining a desired characteristic discussed in the prior art, that is, a polymerization reaction with a tetracarboxylic acid component can be used to produce a polyimine. The precursor or the diamine component of the polyimine is also the diamine component used to obtain the desired properties. Further, the reaction temperature or the reaction time is not particularly limited, and for example, it may be 60 to 12 ° C for 30 minutes to 2 hours. [化1 9]

HN—Y—NH [B] (Y ' Ri及R2與上述式[A]中之Y、R,及R2相同。) 當然’上述式[A]所表示的二官能化合物可爲1種 類、或可2種類以上倂用。 又,本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液含有由四羧酸 及其衍生物所選出的至少一種之四羧酸成分與二胺成分進 行聚合反應而得到的聚醯亞胺前驅物、及將該聚醯亞胺前 驅物醯亞胺化而得到的聚醯亞胺所選出的至少一種之聚合 物。當然,該聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺可爲1種類、或 可2種類以上倂用。又,聚醯亞胺前驅物係指聚醯胺酸及 聚醯胺酸酯。 本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液含有的聚醯亞胺前 -18- 201241046 驅物係藉由上述般由四羧酸及其衍生物所選出的至少一種 之四羧酸成分與二胺成分進行聚合反應而得到者。 二胺成分方面,例如上述式[B]所表示的二胺化合 物。又,可使用習知二胺成分與四羧酸成分進行反應得到 聚醯亞胺前驅物時使用的二胺成分。又,該聚醯亞胺前驅 物的原料之二胺成分可一部分或全部爲與上述式[A]所表 示的二官能化合物的原料之二胺化合物相同的化合物、或 二胺成分與上述式[A]所表示的二官能化合物的原料之二 胺化合物爲相異之化合物。 又,四羧酸及其衍生物所選出的至少一種之四羧酸成 分,可使用習知二胺成分與四羧酸成分進行反應得到聚醯 亞胺前驅物時使用的四羧酸成分。四羧酸衍生物方面,可 舉例如四羧酸二鹵化物、下述式[C]所表示的四羧酸二 酐、四羧酸二酯二氯化物、四羧酸二酯等。例如.藉由四羧 酸二鹵化物、四羧酸二酐等、四羧酸或其衍生物與二胺成 分進行反應,可得到聚醯胺酸。又,藉由四羧酸二酯二氯 化物與二胺成分之反應或使四羧酸二酯與二胺成分在適當 縮合劑或鹼的存在下等進行反應,可得到聚.醯胺酸酯。 【化2 0】 0 〇HN—Y—NH [B] (Y ' Ri and R 2 are the same as Y, R, and R 2 in the above formula [A].) Of course, the difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A] may be one type, or It can be used in 2 or more types. Further, the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention contains a polyimine precursor obtained by polymerizing at least one of a tetracarboxylic acid component selected from a tetracarboxylic acid and a derivative thereof and a diamine component. And at least one polymer selected from the polyimine obtained by imidating the polyimine precursor ruthenium. Of course, the polyimine precursor or the polyimine may be used in one type or in two or more types. Further, the polyimine precursor refers to polyamic acid and polyamidomate. The polyimine precursor -18-201241046 of the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention is a tetracarboxylic acid component selected from the above tetracarboxylic acid and a derivative thereof by the above-mentioned The diamine component is obtained by polymerization. The diamine component is, for example, a diamine compound represented by the above formula [B]. Further, a diamine component used in the reaction of a conventional diamine component with a tetracarboxylic acid component to obtain a polyimide precursor can be used. Further, a part or all of the diamine component of the raw material of the polyimine precursor may be the same compound as the diamine compound of the raw material of the difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A], or a diamine component and the above formula [ The diamine compound of the raw material of the difunctional compound represented by A] is a different compound. Further, at least one of the tetracarboxylic acid components selected from the tetracarboxylic acid and the derivative thereof can be a tetracarboxylic acid component which is obtained by reacting a conventional diamine component with a tetracarboxylic acid component to obtain a polyimide precursor. As the tetracarboxylic acid derivative, for example, a tetracarboxylic acid dihalide, a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula [C], a tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride, a tetracarboxylic acid diester or the like can be given. For example, polylysine can be obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic acid dihalide, a tetracarboxylic dianhydride or the like, a tetracarboxylic acid or a derivative thereof with a diamine component. Further, a polyglycolate can be obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride with a diamine component or by reacting a tetracarboxylic acid diester with a diamine component in the presence of a suitable condensing agent or a base. . [化2 0] 0 〇

(X爲4價有機基。) -19- 201241046 上述式[C]之X之具體例方面,可舉例如下述式(x_1: 〜(X-46)所表示的4價有機基。由化合物的取得難易觀 點,X 以(X-l) 、 (X-2) 、 (X-3) 、 (X-4) 、 (X-5) ' (X-6)、 (X-8)、(X-16)、(X-17)、(X-19)、(X-21)、(X-25)、 (X-26)、(X-27)、(X-28)、(Χ·32)或(X-46)爲佳。欲使得到 的聚醯亞胺膜之透明性提升之場合,以使用具有脂肪族及 脂肪族環構造的四羧酸二酐爲佳,X方面,以(Χ-1)、 (Χ-2)、及(Χ-25)更佳,由與二胺成分之反應性的觀點, (X-1 )又更佳。 •20· 201241046 【化2 1(X is a tetravalent organic group.) -19-201241046 A specific example of X of the above formula [C] may, for example, be a tetravalent organic group represented by the following formula (x_1: to (X-46). Obtaining a difficult point of view, X is (Xl), (X-2), (X-3), (X-4), (X-5) ' (X-6), (X-8), (X-16 ), (X-17), (X-19), (X-21), (X-25), (X-26), (X-27), (X-28), (Χ·32) or (X-46) is preferred. In order to improve the transparency of the obtained polyimide film, it is preferred to use a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having an aliphatic and aliphatic ring structure, and in the X aspect, 1), (Χ-2), and (Χ-25) are more preferable, and (X-1) is more preferable from the viewpoint of reactivity with a diamine component. • 20· 201241046 [Chem. 2 1

;h3 h3c ch3 (X-l) (X-2) (X-3) (X-4) (X-5) (X-6) 佐乃 (X-8) (X-9) (X-10) (X-ll) (X-12) (X-13) (X-14) pC-15) (X-16);h3 h3c ch3 (Xl) (X-2) (X-3) (X-4) (X-5) (X-6) Zona (X-8) (X-9) (X-10) ( X-ll) (X-12) (X-13) (X-14) pC-15) (X-16)

:8:知邱 (X-28) (X-29) (X-30):8: Zhiqiu (X-28) (X-29) (X-30)

(X-33) (X-34)(X-33) (X-34)

χΛχ d〇Ixx xfi〇C (X-35) (X-36) (X-37) (X-38)χΛχ d〇Ixx xfi〇C (X-35) (X-36) (X-37) (X-38)

OX (X-39) (X-40) (X-41) (X-42) (X-43) CH3OX (X-39) (X-40) (X-41) (X-42) (X-43) CH3

(X-45) (X-46) 201241046 四殘酸二酯之具體例方面’可舉例如1,2,3,4-環丁垸 四羧酸二烷基酯、1,2-二甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二烷 基酯、1,3-二甲基-1,2,3,4 -環丁烷四羧酸二烷基酯、 1,2,3,4-四甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二烷基酯、12,3,4-環戊烷四羧酸二烷基酯、2,3,4,5-四氫呋喃四羧酸二烷基 酯、1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二烷基酯、3,4-二羧基-1-環己 基琥珀酸二烷基酯、3,4-二羧基-1,2,3,4-四氫-1-萘琥珀酸 二烷基酯、1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸二烷基酯、雙環[3,3,0]辛 烷-2,4,6,8-四羧酸二烷基酯、3,3’,4,4’-二環己基四羧酸二 烷基酯、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二烷基酯、順式-3,7-二 丁基環辛-1,5-二烯-1,2,5,6-四羧酸二烷基酯、三環 [4.2.1.02’5]壬烷-3,4,7,8-四羧酸-3,4: 7,3-二烷基酯、六環 [6.6.0.12,7.03’6.19’14.01°’13]十六烷-4,5,11,12-四羧酸-4,5: 11,12-二烷基酯、4-(2,5-二氧基四氫呋喃-3-基)-1,2,3,4-四 氫萘-1,2-二碳二烷基酯等脂肪族四羧酸二酯或均苯四甲酸 二烷基酯、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯基四羧酸二烷基酯、2,2’,3,3’-聯苯基四羧酸二烷基酯、2,3,3’,4-聯苯基四羧酸二烷基 酯、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二烷基酯、2,3,3’,4-二苯甲 酮四羧酸二烷基酯、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)醚二烷基酯、雙 (3,4-二羧基苯基)碾二烷基酯、1,2,5,6-萘四羧酸二烷基 酯、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二烷基酯等芳香族四羧酸二烷基 酯。 當然,二胺成分或四羧酸成分可各自爲1種類或2種 類以上倂用。 -22- 201241046 使四羧酸成分與二胺成分進行聚合反應而合成聚醯亞 胺前驅物的方法並不特別限定,可使用習知的合成手法。 可舉例如二胺成分與四羧酸二酐之反應,爲使二胺成 分與四羧酸二酐在有機溶劑中進行反應之方法。此時使用 的有機溶劑爲溶解生成的聚醯亞胺前驅物者即可而無特別 限制。其具體例方面,Ν,Ν-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙 醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、N-甲基己內醯胺、二甲基亞 颯、四甲基尿素、吡啶、二甲基碾、六甲基亞颯、γ-丁內 酯、異丙基醇、甲氧基甲基戊醇、二戊烯、乙基戊基酮、 甲基壬基酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異戊基酮、甲基異丙基 酮、甲基溶纖劑、乙基溶纖劑、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基 溶纖劑乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇、乙基卡必醇、乙二醇、乙二 醇單乙酸酯、乙二醇單異丙基醚、乙二醇單丁基醚、丙二 醇、丙二醇單乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇-tert-丁 基醚、二丙二醇單甲基醚、二乙二醇、二乙二醇單乙酸 酯、二乙二醇二甲基醚、二丙二醇單乙酸酯單甲基醚、二 丙二醇單甲基醚、二丙二醇單乙基醚、二丙二醇單乙酸酯 單乙基醚、二丙二醇單丙基醚、二丙二醇單乙酸酯單丙基 醚、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、三丙二醇甲基醚、3-甲 基-3-甲氧基丁醇、二異丙基醚、乙基異丁基醚、二異丁 烯、戊基乙酸酯、丁基丁酯、丁基醚、二異丁基酮、甲基 環己烯、丙基醚、二己基醚、二噁烷、η-己烷、η-戊烷、 η-辛烷、二乙基醚、環己酮、乙烯碳酸酯、丙烯碳酸酯、 乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸η-丁 -23- 201241046 酯、乙酸丙二醇單乙基醚、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲基乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸 乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸、3-甲氧基丙酸、3-甲氧基丙酸丙 酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丁酯、二甘醇二甲醚或4-羥基-4-甲基-2-戊酮等。此等可單獨使用或混合使用。進一步,即使爲 不溶解聚醯亞胺前驅物的溶劑,在不使生成的聚醯亞胺前 驅物析出範圍,亦可於上述溶劑中混合使用。又,有機溶 劑中的水分阻礙聚合反應、進一步成爲使生成的聚醯亞胺 前驅物水解之原因,所以有機溶劑以使用經脫水乾燥者爲 佳。 .使二胺成分與四羧酸二酐在有機溶劑中反應時,可舉 例如攪拌使二胺成分分散或者溶解於有機溶劑的溶液、使 四羧酸二酐直接、或於有機溶劑中分散、或者溶解後進行 添加的方法、相反地在四羧酸二酐分散、或者溶解於有機 溶劑的溶液中加入二胺成分之方法、使四羧酸二酐與二胺 成分交互添加的方法等,可使用此等任一的方法。又,各 自使用二胺成分或四羧酸二酐複數種進行反應之場合,可 以預先混合狀態進行反應、或各自依序進行反應,進一步 使各自反應的低分子聚物混合反應做成聚合物。此時的聚 合溫度可選擇-20°C〜150°C的任意溫度,但較佳爲〜 1 00°C的範圍。又,反應雖可以任意濃度進行,但濃度過 低則難以得到高分子量之聚合物、濃度過高則反應液之黏 性變得過高而難以均勻攪拌。因此,較佳爲1〜50質量 %、更佳爲5〜3 0質量%。反應初期以高濃度進行,之 -24- 201241046 後,可追加有機溶劑。 聚醯亞胺前驅物的聚合反應中,二胺成分的合計莫耳 數與四羧酸二酐的合計莫耳數的比以0.8〜1.2爲佳。與 一般聚縮合反應相同,該莫耳比愈接近1.0生成的聚醯亞 胺前驅物的分子量愈大。 又,聚醯胺酸酯可藉由上述般四羧酸二酯二氯化物與 二胺成分之反應或四羧酸二酯與二胺成分在適當縮合劑、 鹼的存在下進行反應而得到。或亦可藉由以上述的方法預 先合成聚醯胺酸,利用高分子反應將聚醯胺酸之羧基酯化 而得到。 具體上,可舉例如使四羧酸二酯二氯化物與二胺成分 在鹼與有機溶劑之存在下,在-20。〇〜150 °C、較佳爲〇°C 〜50°C中,30分鐘〜24小時、較佳爲1小時〜4小時反應 而可合成聚醯胺酸酯。 鹼方面,雖可使用吡啶、三乙基胺、4-二甲基胺基吡 陡’但爲了反應穩定進行以吡啶爲佳。鹼的添加量由容易 除去量且易得到高分子聚物觀點,相對四羧酸二酯二氯化 物以2〜4倍莫耳爲佳。 又’使四羧酸二酯與二胺成分在縮合劑存在下進行聚 縮合之場合,鹼可使用三苯基亞磷酸酯、二環己基碳二醯 亞胺、1-乙基- 3- (3 -二甲基胺基丙基)碳二醯亞胺鹽酸鹽、 N,N’-羰基二咪唑、二甲氧基-H5 —三嗪基甲基嗎啉鏺、 〇-(苯並三唑-1-基)-Ν,Ν,Ν'Ν’-四甲基脲鑰四氟硼酸酯、 〇_(苯並三唑-1-基)-N,N,N,,N’ -四甲基脲鐵六氟磷酸酯' -25- 201241046 (2,3-二氫-2-硫基-3-苯並噁唑基)膦酸二苯酯、4-(4,6-二甲 氧基-1,3,5_三嗪-2 -基)4 -甲氧基嗎啉鑰氯化物 η -水合物 等。 又,使用上述縮合劑的方法中’藉由加入路易士酸作 爲添加劑可使反應有效率地進行。路易士酸方面,以氯化 鋰、溴化鋰等鹵素化鋰爲佳。路易士酸之添加量相對於反 應的二胺或四羧酸二酯而言以0_1〜1.0倍莫耳量爲佳。 上述之反應使用的溶劑,可以上述所示合成聚醯胺酸 時所使用的溶劑相同的溶劑進行,但由單體及聚合物的溶 解性來看以Ν -甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、γ-丁內酯爲佳,此等可 1種或2.種以上混合使用。合成時的濃度由聚合物不易析 出、且易得到高分子聚物觀點,四羧酸二酯二氯化物或四 羧酸二酯等四羧酸衍生物與二胺成分在反應溶液中的合計 濃度以1〜30質量%爲佳,5〜20質量%更佳。又,爲了 防止四羧酸二酯二氯化物的水解,聚醯胺酸酯的合成使用 的溶劑盡可能經過脫水、以在氮環境中防止外界氣體混入 爲佳。 本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液含有的聚醯亞胺可 藉由使上述聚醯亞胺前驅物脫水閉環而得到。該聚醯亞胺 中,醯胺酸基的脫水閉環率(醯亞胺化率)不一定需要爲 1 00%、可因應用途或目的而任意調整。 使聚醯亞胺前驅物醯亞胺化的方法方面,可舉例如將 聚醯亞胺前驅物的溶液直接加熱的熱醯亞胺化或聚醯亞胺 前驅物的溶液中添加觸媒的觸媒醯亞胺化。 -26- 201241046 使聚醯亞胺前驅物在溶 度爲100〜400°c、較佳爲 反應所生成的水除去至系外 聚醯亞胺前驅物的觸媒 前驅物的溶液中,加入鹼性 較佳爲0〜180°C進行攪拌進 的0.5〜30莫耳倍、較佳爲 胺酸基的1〜50莫耳倍、較 可舉例如吡啶、三乙基胺、 胺等,其中因吡啶具有使反 方面,如乙酸酐、無水偏苯 中使用乙酸酐而反應完畢後 胺化的醯亞胺化率可藉由調 間而控制。 又,由聚醯亞胺前驅物 成的聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯 溶劑後進行沈澱即可。沈澱 丙酮、己烷、丁基溶纖劑、 基酮、乙醇、甲苯、苯、水 合物在過濾回收後,可在常 進行乾燥。又,使沈澱回收 機溶劑、再沈澱回收之操作 質變少。此時的溶劑,例如 內所選出的3種類以上之 液中進行熱醯亞胺化場合的溫 120〜250°C,以邊使醯亞胺化 邊進行爲佳。 醯亞胺化,可藉由於聚醯亞胺 觸媒與酸酐,在-20〜25(TC、 行。鹼性觸媒之量爲醯胺酸基 2〜20莫耳倍,酸酐之量爲醯 佳爲3〜3 0莫耳倍。鹼性觸媒 三甲基胺、三丁基胺或三辛基 應進行之適度鹼性而佳。酸酐 三酸或無水均苯四甲酸等,其 之精製變容易而佳。觸媒醯亞 節觸媒量與反應溫度、反應時 或聚醯亞胺之反應溶液回收生 亞胺之場合,將反應溶液投入 使用的溶劑,可舉例如甲醇、 庚烷、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁 等。投入溶劑後進行沈澱的聚 壓或者減壓下、常溫或者加熱 的聚合物重複進行再溶解於有 2〜10次,可使聚合物中的雜 醇類、酮類或烴等,使用此等 溶劑’因精製的效率更提高而 -27- 201241046 佳。 本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液含有的聚醯亞胺前 驅物或聚醯亞胺,考量得到的聚醯亞胺膜之強度、聚醯亞 胺膜形成時的作業性、聚醯亞胺膜之均勻性之場合,以用 GPC (Ge 1 Permeation Chromatography)法所測定的重量平 均分子量爲5,000〜1,000,000者爲佳,更佳爲1〇,〇〇〇〜 150,000 ° 又,本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液,作爲聚合物 成分亦可含有上述聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺以外的聚合 物。聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺以外的聚合物方面,如丙 烯酸聚合物、甲基丙烯酸聚合物、聚苯乙烯、聚矽氧烷或 聚醯胺等。 如此藉由含有由四羧酸及其衍生物所選出的至少一種 之四羧酸成分與二胺成分進行聚合反應而得到的聚醯亞胺 前驅物 '及將該聚醯亞胺前驅物醯亞胺化而得到的聚醯亞 胺所選出的至少一種之聚合物、與在二胺化合物的各自二 個的胺基導入米氏酸構造的上述式[A]所表示的二官能化 合物,亦即,例如藉由於習知形成液晶配向膜等用之聚醯 亞胺膜形成用塗佈液,進一步含有上述式[A]所表示的二 官能化合物,成爲得到可較自由改善種種特性的聚醯亞胺 膜之聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液。 詳而言之,上述式[A]所表示的二官能化合物爲米氏 酸構造、亦即兩端具有2個來自米氏酸之構造,該米氏酸 構造經加熱(例如180〜2 50°C以上。),伴隨二氧化碳與丙 -28- 201241046 酮之脫離,成爲烯酮(亦即,具有二價基>c=c = o的羰基 化合物),以烯酮單獨進行二聚化、與聚醯亞胺前驅物或 聚醯亞胺具有的羧基、羥基、胺基、硫醇基、醛、酮、不 飽和鍵結(例如碳-碳雙鍵、碳-碳三鍵、亞胺(碳-氮雙 鍵)、碳二醯亞胺 '硫葉立德、磷葉立德)·、醯胺鍵或酯 鍵、醯亞胺鍵之羰基、活性亞甲基等反應者。因此,上述 式[A]所表示的二官能化合物雖在不經高溫加熱(例如 1 00°C以下。)之聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液之狀態不與聚醯 亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺反應,但經加熱,透過米氏酸構造 而導入於聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺。又,上述式[A]所 表示的二官能化合物因具有2個米氏酸構造,推測加熱後 聚醯亞胺成爲以上述式[A]所表示的二官能化合物交聯的 構造。 因此’將本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液塗佈於基 板並燒成得到的聚醯亞胺膜,爲上述式[A]所表示的二官 能化合物具有的Y之構造,亦即,來自式[A]所表示的二 官能化合物的原料之二胺化合物的Y之構造導入聚醯亞 胺者。 在此習知聚醯亞胺膜因其特徴之高機械強度、耐熱 性、耐溶劑性’而廣泛用作爲液晶配向膜或電氣.電子領 域中之保護材料、絕緣材料,爲了改善所期望特性,使用 種種二胺成分作爲原料之一部分,但亦有無法自由使用所 期望的二胺成分之場合。例如液晶配向膜中,爲了改善液 晶配向性或預傾角的提升等所期望特性,使用種種二胺成 -29- 201241046 分作爲原料之一部分,但因欲得到所期望特性使用的二胺 成分的種類、組合或量而有二胺成分與四羧酸成分之聚合 反應性變差、而限制欲得到所期望特性用之二胺成分的種 類 '組合或量之情形。又,有針對各自欲得到所期望特性 使用的二胺成分的種類或組合探討二胺成分與四羧酸成分 之聚合反應條件的必要。接著,爲了做成能形成均勻的聚 醯亞胺膜的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液,需要做成含有成分 溶於溶劑的溶液狀態,但因欲得到所期望特性使用的二胺 成分的種類、組合或量而有聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液含有 的聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺的溶解性變差之問題。 本發明中,在聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液之階段,爲分 別以各自化合物狀態含有聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺、與 欲得到所期望特性用之化合物的上述式[A]所表示的二官 能化合物者,在加熱(燒成)聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液之階 段,爲將欲得到所期望特性用之化合物的上述式[A]所表 示的二官能化合物導入聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺者。因 此,聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液含有的聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚 醯亞胺不需以欲得到所期望特性用之二胺成分爲原料,而 沒有二胺成分與四羧酸成分之聚合反應性變差之問題,而 產生需要探討各自欲得到所期望特性使用的二胺成分的種 類或組合之二胺成分與四羧酸成分之聚合反應條件的問題 或聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液含有的聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯 亞胺的溶解性變差之問題。因此,本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形 成用塗佈液因可不檢討二胺成分與四羧酸成分之聚合反應 -30- 201241046 性、聚合反應條件或不需考慮聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺 的溶解性,可使用欲得到所期望特性用之二胺化合物,所 以與習知之聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液比較,可較自由改善 得到的聚醯亞胺膜之種種特性。 又’上述式[A]所表示的二官能化合物爲在二胺化合 物的各自二個的胺基導入米氏酸構造者,該二胺化合物爲 以往討論的欲得到所期望特性用之二胺成分,亦即,與四 羧酸成分進行聚合反應用以製造聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞 胺之二胺成分’且可使用欲得到所期望特性用之二胺成 分。因此,可容易改善得到的聚醯亞胺膜之種種特性。 進一步,本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液含有的聚 醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺,經加熱以上述式[A]所表示的 二官能化合物進行交聯,所以得到的聚醯亞胺膜對有機溶 劑有耐性、且成爲硬膜。 本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液的製造方法並不特 別限定,將由四羧酸及其衍生物所選出的至少一種之四羧 酸成分與二胺成分進行聚合反應而得到的聚醯亞胺前驅 物 '及將該聚醯亞胺前驅物醯亞胺化而得到-的聚醯亞胺所 選出的至少一種之聚合物、與在二胺化合物的各自二個的 胺基導入米氏酸構造的上述式[A]所表示的二官能化合物 溶於溶劑即可。 本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液之溶劑爲可使上述 由四羧酸及其衍生物所選出的至少一種之四羧酸成分與二 胺成分進行聚合反應而得到的聚醯亞胺前驅物、及將該聚 -31 - 201241046 醯亞胺前驅物醯亞胺化而得到的聚醯亞胺所選出的至少一 種之聚合物、與在二胺化合物的各自二個的胺基導入米氏 酸構造的上述式[A]所表示的二官能化合物溶解者即可, 例如N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、N-甲基己內醯胺、2-吡咯烷酮、N-乙基-2-吡 咯烷酮、N -乙烯吡咯烷酮、二甲基亞颯、四甲基尿素、吡 啶、二甲基颯、六甲基亞碾、γ-丁內酯、1,3-二甲基-咪唑 啉酮、乙基戊基酮、甲基壬基酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異戊 基酮、甲基異丙基酮、環己酮、乙烯碳酸酯、丙烯碳酸 酯、二甘醇二甲醚及4-羥基-4-甲基-2-戊酮等有機溶劑。 此等可單獨使用或混合使用。 本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液由經塗佈形成均勻 的聚醯亞胺膜觀點,有機溶劑之含量以70〜97質量%爲 佳。該含量,可因目的之液晶配向膜等聚醯亞胺膜之膜厚 而適宜變更。 又,本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液中之聚醯亞胺 前驅物及聚醯亞胺的含量以3〜30質量%爲佳。該含量亦 可因目的之液晶配向膜等聚醯亞胺膜之膜厚而適宜變更。 本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液中之上述式[Α]所 表示的二官能化合物的含量相對聚醯亞胺前驅物及聚醯亞 胺的總量100質量份以1〜200質量份爲佳,爲了進行交 聯反應且表現所期望的膜硬化性,同時不使液晶的配向性 降低,更佳爲1〜100質量份、尤佳爲1〜50質量份。 本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液,在不損及本發明 -32- 201241046 的效果範圍,可使用令塗佈本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成 佈液時之聚醯亞胺膜之膜厚之均勻性或表面平滑性提 有機溶劑(亦稱貧溶劑。)或化合物。進一步,亦可使 聚醯亞胺膜與基板之密著性提升的化合物等。 使膜厚之均勻性或表面平滑性提升的貧溶劑之 例,例如異丙基醇、甲氧基甲基戊醇、甲基溶纖劑、 溶纖劑、丁基溶纖劑、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖 酸酯、丁基卡必醇、乙基卡必醇、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯 二醇、乙二醇單乙酸酯、乙二醇單異丙基醚、乙二醇 基醚、丙二醇、丙二醇單乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲基醚、 醇-tert-丁基醚、二丙二醇單甲基醚、二乙二醇、二 醇單乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲基醚、二丙二醇單乙酸酯 基醚、二丙二醇單甲基醚、二丙二醇單乙基醚、二丙 單乙酸酯單乙基醚、二丙二醇單丙基醚、二丙二醇單 酯單丙基醚、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、三丙二 基醚、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁醇、二異丙基醚、乙基異 醚、二異丁烯、戊基乙酸酯、丁基丁酯、丁基醚、二 基酮、甲基環己烯、丙基醚、二己基醚、η-己烷、 烷、η-辛烷、二乙基醚 '乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乙 酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸η-丁酯、乙酸丙二醇單乙基醚 酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧 酸甲基乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸、3-基丙酸、3-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丁酯、1-基-2-丙醇、1-乙氧基-2-丙醇、1-丁氧基-2-丙醇、1- 用塗 升之 用使 具體 乙基 劑乙 、乙 單丁 丙二 乙二 單甲 二醇 乙酸 醇甲 丁基 異丁 η-戊 酸甲 、丙 基丙 甲氧 甲氧 苯氧 -33- 201241046 基-2-丙醇、丙二醇單乙酸酯、丙二醇二乙酸酯、丙二醇-1-單甲基醚-2-乙酸酯、丙二醇-1-單乙基醚-2-乙酸酯、二 丙二醇、2-(2-乙氧基丙氧基)丙醇、乳酸甲基酯、乳酸乙 基酯、乳酸η-丙基酯、乳酸η-丁基酯或乳酸異戊基酯等 具有低表面張力的有機溶劑等。此等貧溶劑可1種類或複 數種類混合使用。使用上述般貧溶劑的場合,以佔聚醯亞 胺膜形成用塗佈液所含有的有機溶劑全體的1〜50質量% 爲佳,更佳爲5〜3 0質量%。 使膜厚之均勻性或表面平滑性提升的化合物方面,如 氟系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性 劑等,具體上,可舉例如.EFTOPEF301、EF303、 EF3 52(Thochem Products 製)、MEGAFACEF17 1、F173、 R-30(大日本油墨製)、FluoradFC430、FC431(住友 3M 製)、AsahiGuardAG7 1 0、SurflonS-3 82 ' SC101、SC102、 SC103 ' SC104、SC105、SC106(旭硝子製)等。此等界面 活性劑之使用比例,相對聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液所含有 的聚合物成分的總量100質量份,較佳爲0.01〜2質量 份、更佳爲〇.〇1〜1質量份。 使聚醯亞胺膜與基板的密著性提升的化合物之具體例 方面,可舉例如3·胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三 乙氧基矽烷、2-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-胺基丙基三乙 氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基 三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-乙氧基羰 -34- 201241046 基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、Ν·乙氧基羰基-3-胺基丙基 三乙氧基矽烷、Ν-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基三乙烯三胺、Ν-三 甲氧基矽烷基丙基三乙烯三胺、10-三甲氧基矽烷基-1,4,7-三氮雜癸烷、10-三乙氧基矽烷基-I.〆,?-三氮雜癸 烷、9-三甲氧基矽烷基-3,6-二氮雜壬基乙酸酯、9-三乙氧 基矽烷基-3,6-二氮雜壬基乙酸酯、Ν-苄基-3-胺基丙基三 甲氧基矽烷、Ν-苄基-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、Ν-苯基-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基 矽烷、Ν-雙(氧基乙烯)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、Ν-雙 (氧基乙烯)-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷 '乙二醇二環氧丙基 醚、聚乙二醇二環氧丙基醚、丙二醇二環氧丙基醚、三丙 二醇二環氧丙基醚、聚丙二醇二環氧丙基醚、新戊二醇二 環氧丙基醚、1,6-己烷二醇二環氧丙基醚、甘油二環氧丙 基醚、2,2-二溴新戊二醇二環氧丙基醚、1,3,5,6-四環氧丙 基-2,4-己烷二醇、Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν’,-四環氧丙基-m-二甲苯二 胺、1,3-雙(N,N-二環氧丙基胺基甲基)環己烷或 >1,叱>1’,>1’,-四環氧丙基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷等含官能 性矽烷化合物或含環氧基化合物。 使用此等與基板密著的化合物的場合,相對本發明的 聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液所含有的聚合物成分總量1 00質 量份以0.1〜30質量份爲佳,更佳爲1〜20質量份。未達 〇. 1質量份則無法期待密著性提升之效果,比3 0質量份多 則有液晶的配向性變差之情形。 又’本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液中,不損及本 -35- 201241046 發明的效果範圍,可添加以改變聚醯亞胺膜之介電率或導 電性等電特性爲目的之介電體或導電物質。 又,本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液中,在不損及 本發明的效果範圍,可混入具有環氧基、異氰酸酯基或氧 雜環丁烷基的交聯性化合物,進一步,具有由羥基或烷氧 基所組成群所選出的至少1種之取代基的交聯性化合物或 具有聚合性不飽和鍵結的交聯性化合物。 如此之本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液,可用作爲 形成液晶配向膜用的液晶配向劑。又,液晶配向膜係指使 液晶在特定的方向配向之膜。 藉由使本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形.成用塗佈液塗佈於基 板、進行燒成,可形成聚醯亞胺膜。又,將本發明的聚醯 亞胺膜形成用塗佈液用作爲液晶配向劑之場合,塗佈於基 板上、進行燒成後,以摩擦處理或光照射等進行配向處 理、或在垂直配向用途等不進行配向處理而可形成液晶配 向膜。 基板方面,爲可塗佈聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液者即可 而無特別限制,但形成液晶配向膜之場合以透明性高者爲 佳。具體例方面,如玻璃基板、或者丙烯酸基板或聚碳酸 酯基板等塑膠基板等。又,使用形成有液晶驅動用之ITO 電極等基板,在製程簡單化觀點上爲佳。接著,在反射型 的液晶顯示元件在僅單側之基板亦可使用矽晶圓等不透明 物,該場合的電極亦可使用鋁等反射光之材料。又,TFT 型的元件般高機能元件中,在液晶驅動用之電極與基板間 -36- 201241046 可使用形成有如電晶體的元件者。 聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液塗佈到基板的塗佈方法不特 別限定’但工業上普遍以網版印刷、膠印、柔版印刷、噴 墨印刷等進行。其他塗佈方法方面,有浸漬塗佈、輥塗 佈、狹縫塗佈、旋轉塗佈等,亦可因應目的而使用此等。 使聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液塗佈於基板上,因應必要 將溶劑之一部分或全部乾燥後、進行燒成。該燒成爲加熱 至上述式[A]所表示的二官能化合物的米氏酸構造成爲烯 酮等而可與聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺具有的羧基等反應 之溫度即可。例如以加熱板、熱風循環爐、紅外線爐等加 熱手段在180〜250°C進行,傢溶劑蒸發同時使米氏酸構造 與聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺反應,而在聚醯亞胺前驅物 或聚醯亞胺導入上述式[A]所表示的二官能化合物,而可 形成本發明的聚醯亞胺膜。如此得到的聚醯亞胺膜因爲聚 醯亞胺具有因上述式[A]所表示的二官能化合物而交聯的 構造,成爲硬膜 '削切耐性優異。 燒成後所形成的聚醯亞胺膜之厚度在作成液晶配向膜 之場合,過厚則在液晶顯示元件之消費電力面上不利,過 薄則有液晶顯示元件之信賴性降低之情形,故較佳爲5〜 300nm、更佳爲10〜200nm»使液晶水平配向或傾斜配向 之場合,使燒成後之塗膜以摩擦或偏光紫外線照射等進行 處理。 本發明的液晶顯示元件經上述手法得到附液晶配向膜 的基板後,以習知的方法製作液晶晶胞,而作成液晶顯示 •37- 201241046 元件。其一例,可舉例如具備具有對向配置的2片基板、 基板間設置的液晶層、設置在基板與液晶層間由本發明的 聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液所構成的液晶配向劑所形成的上 述液晶配向膜之液晶晶胞的液晶顯示元件。如此之本發明 的液晶顯示元件方面,可舉例如扭轉向列型(TN : Twisted Nematic)方式、垂直配向(VA: Vertical Alignment)方式或 水平配向(IPS : In-Plane Switching)方式等種種者。 本發明的液晶顯示元件使用的基板方面,爲透明性高 的基板即可而無特別限制,但通常爲於基板上形成有用以 驅動液晶的透明電極之基板。具體例方面,如與在上述聚 醯亞胺膜記載之基板相同者。 又,液晶配向膜爲藉由於該基板上塗佈本發明的液晶 配向劑後進行燒成而形成者,詳細如上述。 構成本發明的液晶顯示元件之液晶層的液晶材料並不 特別限定,可使用習知液晶材料,例如Merck公司製的 MLC-2003、MLC-6608、MLC-6609 等 ° 液晶晶胞製作方法的一例,可舉例如準備形成有液晶 配向膜的1對基板,在一片基板之液晶配向膜上散佈小珠 等間隔件,使液晶配向膜面成爲內側之方式,貼合另一片 基板,使液晶進行減壓注入而封閉的方法、或在散佈間隔 件的液晶配向膜面滴下液晶後’貼合基板而進行封閉之方 法等。此時間隔件的厚度較佳爲1〜3〇μπι、更佳爲2〜 1 0 μηα 〇 如以上製作的液晶顯示元件係使用可導入所期望特性 -38- 201241046 的上述式[A]所表示的二官能化合物、與具有至少一種聚 醯亞胺前驅物及聚醯亞胺的液晶配向劑而製作者,所以可 做成種種特性被改善者。 【實施方式】 [實施例] 以下舉實施例及比較例,將本發明進而詳細說明,但 本發明的解釋不限於此等實施例。 [上述式[A]所表示的二官能化合物的合成] <合成例1> 下述式[4]所表不的化合物5,5'-(l,4-phenylenebis (azanediyl))bis(methan-l - yl-1 - ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的合成 【化2 2】(X-45) (X-46) 201241046 Specific examples of the tetra-residic acid diester can be mentioned, for example, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2-dimethyl -1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2 , 3,4-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 12,3,4-cyclopentane tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,4 , 5-dihydrofuran tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexane tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 3,4-dicarboxy-1-cyclohexyl succinic acid dialkyl ester, 3 , 4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinate dialkyl ester, 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, bicyclo[3,3 , 0] octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 3,3',4,4'-dicyclohexyltetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,5-three Dialkyl carboxylcyclopentyl acetate, dialkyl cis-3,7-dibutylcyclooctane-1,5-diene-1,2,5,6-tetracarboxylate, tricyclo[4.2 .1.02'5] decane-3,4,7,8-tetracarboxylic acid-3,4: 7,3-dialkyl ester, hexacyclo[6.6.0.12,7.03'6.19'14.01°'13]10 Hexane-4,5,11,12-tetracarboxylic acid-4,5: 11,12-dialkyl ester, 4-(2,5-dioxytetrahydrofuran An aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid diester such as -3-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-1,2-dicarbon dialkyl ester or dialkyl pyromellitic acid, 3,3' , 4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,2',3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,3',4-biphenyl Dialkyl tetracarboxylate, dialkyl 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylate, dialkyl 2,3,3',4-benzophenone tetracarboxylate , bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ether dialkyl ester, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)trialkyl ester, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl An aromatic tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester such as an ester or a dialkyl 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylate. Of course, the diamine component or the tetracarboxylic acid component may be used alone or in combination of two or more. -22- 201241046 A method of synthesizing a polycarbimine precursor by polymerizing a tetracarboxylic acid component and a diamine component is not particularly limited, and a conventional synthetic method can be used. For example, a reaction between a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride is a method of reacting a diamine component with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride in an organic solvent. The organic solvent used at this time is not particularly limited as long as it is a polyimine precursor formed by dissolution. Specific examples thereof, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylcaprolactam, dimethyl hydrazine , tetramethyl urea, pyridine, dimethyl milling, hexamethylarylene, γ-butyrolactone, isopropyl alcohol, methoxymethylpentanol, dipentene, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl Mercapto ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve Acetate, butyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monoethyl Acid ester, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol-tert-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol single Acetate monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monopropyl ether 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl B Acid ester, tripropylene glycol methyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, diisopropyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, diisobutylene, pentyl acetate, butyl butyl ester, butyl Ether, diisobutyl ketone, methylcyclohexene, propyl ether, dihexyl ether, dioxane, η-hexane, η-pentane, η-octane, diethyl ether, cyclohexanone , ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, acetic acid η-butyl-23- 201241046 ester, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl pyruvate, pyruvate Ester, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-methoxypropionic acid, Propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate, diglyme or 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone. These can be used alone or in combination. Further, even if it is a solvent which does not dissolve the polyimide precursor, it can be used in combination in the above solvent without precipitating the formed polyimide precursor. Further, since the water in the organic solvent hinders the polymerization reaction and further causes hydrolysis of the produced polyimide precursor, the organic solvent is preferably dried by dehydration. When the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride are reacted in an organic solvent, for example, a solution in which the diamine component is dispersed or dissolved in an organic solvent is stirred, and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is directly or dispersed in an organic solvent. Or a method of adding after dissolving, a method of adding a diamine component by dispersing a tetracarboxylic dianhydride or a solution dissolved in an organic solvent, or a method of mutually adding a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine component, etc. Use any of these methods. Further, when a plurality of kinds of diamine components or tetracarboxylic dianhydrides are used for the reaction, the reaction may be carried out in a premixed state, or the respective reactions may be carried out in sequence, and the low molecular weights of the respective reactions may be further mixed to form a polymer. The polymerization temperature at this time may be any temperature of from -20 ° C to 150 ° C, but is preferably in the range of from 10,000 ° C. Further, although the reaction can be carried out at any concentration, if the concentration is too low, it is difficult to obtain a polymer having a high molecular weight, and if the concentration is too high, the viscosity of the reaction liquid becomes too high, and it is difficult to uniformly stir. Therefore, it is preferably from 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably from 5 to 30% by mass. The initial stage of the reaction is carried out at a high concentration, and after -24 to 201241046, an organic solvent can be added. In the polymerization reaction of the polyimine precursor, the ratio of the total number of moles of the diamine component to the total number of moles of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably 0.8 to 1.2. As with the general polycondensation reaction, the closer the molar ratio is to 1.0, the greater the molecular weight of the polyimide precursor. Further, the polyglycolate can be obtained by reacting the above tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride with a diamine component or by reacting a tetracarboxylic acid diester with a diamine component in the presence of a suitable condensing agent or a base. Alternatively, polylysine may be preliminarily synthesized by the above method, and a carboxyl group of polylysine may be esterified by a polymer reaction. Specifically, for example, the tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride and the diamine component are in the presence of a base and an organic solvent at -20. The polyphthalate can be synthesized at a temperature of from 150 ° C to 150 ° C, preferably from 〇 ° C to 50 ° C, for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably from 1 hour to 4 hours. As the base, pyridine, triethylamine or 4-dimethylaminopyrrole can be used, but pyridine is preferred for the reaction to be stable. The amount of the base to be added is preferably from 2 to 4 moles per mole of the tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride from the viewpoint of easy removal amount and easy availability of a polymer. Further, where the tetracarboxylic acid diester and the diamine component are polycondensed in the presence of a condensing agent, the base may be triphenylphosphite, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide or 1-ethyl-3-( 3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride, N,N'-carbonyldiimidazole, dimethoxy-H5-triazinylmethylmorpholinium, hydrazine-(benzotriazole) Zin-1-yl)-oxime, hydrazine, Ν'Ν'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate, 〇_(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N,,N' - Tetramethyluranyl iron hexafluorophosphate ' -25- 201241046 (2,3-dihydro-2-thio-3-benzoxazolyl)phosphonic acid diphenyl ester, 4-(4,6-dimethyl Oxy-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)4-methoxymorpholine chloride η-hydrate, and the like. Further, in the method of using the above condensing agent, the reaction can be efficiently carried out by adding Lewis acid as an additive. In terms of Lewis acid, lithium halide such as lithium chloride or lithium bromide is preferred. The amount of Lewis acid added is preferably from 0 to 1.0 times the molar amount of the diamine or tetracarboxylic acid diester. The solvent used in the above reaction can be carried out in the same solvent as the solvent used in the synthesis of the polyamic acid described above, but the solubility of the monomer and the polymer is Ν-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ- Butyrolactone is preferred, and these may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The concentration at the time of the synthesis is such that the polymer is less likely to be precipitated and the high molecular weight is easily obtained, and the total concentration of the tetracarboxylic acid derivative such as tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride or tetracarboxylic acid diester and the diamine component in the reaction solution is obtained. It is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 5 to 20% by mass. Further, in order to prevent hydrolysis of the tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride, the solvent used for the synthesis of the polyglycolate is preferably dehydrated as much as possible to prevent the intrusion of outside air in a nitrogen atmosphere. The polyimine contained in the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention can be obtained by dehydrating and ring-closing the above polyimide precursor. In the polyimine, the dehydration ring closure ratio (the imidization ratio) of the proline group does not necessarily need to be 100%, and can be arbitrarily adjusted depending on the intended use or purpose. The method for imidating the polyimine precursor ruthenium may, for example, be a catalyst for adding a catalyst to a solution of a hot hydrazide or a polyimide precursor directly heated by a solution of a polyimide precursor. Media imidization. -26- 201241046 Adding a polyimine precursor to a solution of a catalyst precursor having a solubility of 100 to 400 ° C, preferably a reaction, to remove the catalyst precursor of the exopolyimine precursor, adding a base Preferably, the mixture is stirred at 0 to 180 ° C for 0.5 to 30 moles, preferably 1 to 50 moles of the amine acid group, and more preferably, for example, pyridine, triethylamine, amine, etc. Pyridine has a reversed aspect, such as the use of acetic anhydride in acetic anhydride and anhydrous para-benzene, and the amination rate of the amination after completion of the reaction can be controlled by interconciliation. Further, it may be precipitated by a polyimine precursor formed of a polyimide precursor or a polyfluorene solvent. Precipitation Acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, ketone, ethanol, toluene, benzene, and hydrate are usually dried after filtration and recovery. Further, the operation quality of the solvent and reprecipitation recovery of the precipitation recovery machine is small. The solvent at this time is preferably a temperature of from 120 to 250 ° C in the case of heat imidization in three or more types of liquids selected in the above, and it is preferred to carry out the imidization. The imidization of ruthenium can be achieved by the use of a polyamidene catalyst and an acid anhydride at -20 to 25 (TC, line. The amount of the basic catalyst is 2 to 20 moles of the proline group, and the amount of the anhydride is 醯It is preferably 3 to 30 moles. The basic catalyst trimethylamine, tributylamine or trioctyl should be moderately alkaline. The anhydride triacid or anhydrous pyromellitic acid is refined. It is easy to change. When the catalyst is used to recover the imine in the reaction temperature, the reaction temperature, or the reaction solution of the polyimine, the solvent to be used in the reaction solution may be, for example, methanol or heptane. Methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl or the like. The polycondensate in the polymer can be re-dissolved in a polycondensation or precipitation under normal pressure or heating under reduced pressure or reduced pressure at room temperature or heating. The use of such a solvent, such as a solvent, is preferred because the efficiency of the purification is further improved. -27-201241046. The polyimine precursor or polyfluorene contained in the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention. Imine, the strength of the obtained polyimide film, the workability of the polyimide film formation, polyimine In the case of uniformity, the weight average molecular weight measured by the GPC (Ge 1 Permeation Chromatography) method is preferably 5,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 1 Å, 〇〇〇 1 to 150,000 °, and the polyphthalamide of the present invention. The coating liquid for forming an amine film may contain, as a polymer component, a polymer other than the above-mentioned polyimine precursor or polyimine, such as a polyimine precursor or a polymer other than polyimine. An acrylic polymer, a methacrylic polymer, polystyrene, polyoxyalkylene or polyamine, etc., by containing at least one of a tetracarboxylic acid component and a diamine component selected from a tetracarboxylic acid and a derivative thereof a polyimine precursor obtained by carrying out a polymerization reaction and at least one polymer selected from the polyimide obtained by imidating the polyimine precursor ruthenium, and each of the diamine compounds Further, the difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A] in which the amine group is introduced into the Michler acid structure, that is, the coating liquid for forming a polyimine film for forming a liquid crystal alignment film or the like, for example, further contains The above formula [A] The difunctional compound is a coating liquid for forming a polyimine film which can be used to obtain a polyimine film which can improve various properties. In detail, the difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A] is Mie. The acid structure, that is, two structures from the Mic acid at both ends, the Mic acid structure is heated (for example, 180 to 2 50 ° C or more), accompanied by the separation of carbon dioxide and C - 28 - 201241046 ketone, becoming an alkene a ketone (that is, a carbonyl compound having a divalent group > c=c = o), a dimerization of the ketene alone, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group having a polyimine imine or a polyimine , thiol group, aldehyde, ketone, unsaturated bond (eg carbon-carbon double bond, carbon-carbon triple bond, imine (carbon-nitrogen double bond), carbodiimide 'sulfur ylide, phosphorus ylide) A reaction such as a guanamine bond or an ester bond, a carbonyl group of a quinone imine bond, or an active methylene group. Therefore, the state of the coating liquid for forming a polyimine film which is not heated at a high temperature (for example, 100 ° C or lower) is not bonded to the polyimide precursor or The polyimine reaction is carried out, but is heated to introduce a polyimine precursor or a polyimine through a structure of a Michaelic acid. In addition, since the difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A] has two structures of the Michler acid, it is presumed that the polyimine after heating is a structure in which the difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A] is crosslinked. Therefore, the polyimine film obtained by applying the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention to a substrate and firing the composition is a structure of Y which the difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A] has. In other words, the structure of Y derived from the diamine compound of the raw material of the difunctional compound represented by the formula [A] is introduced into the polyimine. In view of the high mechanical strength, heat resistance, and solvent resistance of the polyimide film, it is widely used as a protective material or an insulating material in a liquid crystal alignment film or an electric and electronic field, and various kinds of materials are used in order to improve desired properties. The diamine component is a part of the raw material, but there are cases where the desired diamine component cannot be used freely. For example, in the liquid crystal alignment film, in order to improve the desired properties such as the liquid crystal alignment property or the improvement of the pretilt angle, various kinds of diamines are used as a part of the raw material, but the type of the diamine component used for obtaining the desired characteristics is used. The polymerization reactivity of the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid component is deteriorated in combination or in an amount, and the type or combination of the types of the diamine components for obtaining desired properties is limited. Further, it is necessary to investigate the polymerization conditions of the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid component for the type or combination of the diamine components to be used for obtaining desired properties. Next, in order to form a coating liquid for forming a polyimide film which can form a uniform polyimide film, it is necessary to form a solution containing a component dissolved in a solvent, but a diamine component to be used for obtaining desired properties The solubility, the polyimine precursor contained in the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film, or the polyimine is deteriorated in the type, the combination, or the amount. In the present invention, at the stage of the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film, the above formula wherein the polyimide compound precursor or the polyimide is contained in the respective compound state and the compound for which the desired properties are desired is obtained. In the case of heating (baking) the coating liquid for forming a polyimine film, the difunctional compound represented by the above formula (A) is a difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A] for obtaining a compound for desired properties. The compound is introduced into a polyimine precursor or a polyimine. Therefore, the polyimine precursor or the polyimine contained in the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film does not need to use a diamine component for obtaining a desired property as a raw material, and does not have a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid. The problem that the polymerization reactivity of the component is deteriorated, and there is a problem in that it is necessary to investigate the polymerization reaction conditions of the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid component of the kind or combination of the diamine component used to obtain the desired property, or the polyimide film. The solubility of the polyimide precursor or the polyimine contained in the coating liquid for forming is deteriorated. Therefore, the coating liquid for forming a polyimine film of the present invention may not review the polymerization reaction of the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid component, the polymerization reaction conditions, or the polyimine precursor or the polymerization. The solubility of the quinone imine can be obtained by using a diamine compound for obtaining a desired property, so that the properties of the obtained polyimide film can be relatively freely improved as compared with the conventional coating liquid for forming a polyimide film. . Further, the difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A] is a structure in which an amino group of each of two diamine compounds is introduced into a structure of a miscide, and the diamine compound is a diamine component to be used for obtaining desired properties. That is, a polymerization reaction is carried out with a tetracarboxylic acid component to produce a polyamine imine precursor or a diamine component of polyimine, and a diamine component for obtaining a desired property can be used. Therefore, various characteristics of the obtained polyimide film can be easily improved. Further, the polyimine precursor or the polyimine contained in the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention is crosslinked by heating the difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A], and thus obtained The polyimide film is resistant to an organic solvent and becomes a hard film. The method for producing the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a polymerization obtained by polymerizing at least one of a tetracarboxylic acid component selected from a tetracarboxylic acid and a derivative thereof and a diamine component is carried out. At least one polymer selected from the quinone imine precursor ' and the polyamidimide obtained by imidating the polyimine precursor hydrazine, and the amine group of each of the two diamine compounds are introduced into the rice The difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A] of the acid structure may be dissolved in a solvent. The solvent of the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention is obtained by polymerizing at least one of the tetracarboxylic acid component selected from the tetracarboxylic acid and the derivative thereof and a diamine component. An amine precursor, and at least one polymer selected from the polyimine obtained by imidating the poly-31 - 201241046 yttrium imide precursor, and an amine group in each of the diamine compounds The difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A] of the Michler acid structure may be dissolved, for example, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2. -pyrrolidone, N-methylcaprolactam, 2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-vinylpyrrolidone, dimethyl hydrazine, tetramethyl urea, pyridine, dimethyl hydrazine, hexamethyl Kia mill, γ-butyrolactone, 1,3-dimethyl-imidazolidinone, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl decyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, methyl iso An organic solvent such as propyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, diglyme, and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone. These can be used alone or in combination. The coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention preferably has a content of an organic solvent of 70 to 97% by mass from the viewpoint of coating a uniform polyimide film. The content can be appropriately changed depending on the film thickness of the polyimide film such as the intended liquid crystal alignment film. Further, the content of the polyimine precursor and the polyimine in the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention is preferably 3 to 30% by mass. The content may be appropriately changed depending on the film thickness of the polyimide film such as the intended liquid crystal alignment film. The content of the difunctional compound represented by the above formula [Α] in the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention is 100 to 1 part by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polyimide and the polyimide. The amount of the component is preferably from 1 to 100 parts by mass, particularly preferably from 1 to 50 parts by mass, in order to carry out the crosslinking reaction and exhibit desired film hardenability without lowering the alignment property of the liquid crystal. The coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention can be used in the form of a polyimine which is formed by coating the polyimine film of the present invention to form a cloth liquid without impairing the effect range of the present invention-32-201241046. The film thickness uniformity or surface smoothness of the film is an organic solvent (also referred to as a poor solvent) or a compound. Further, a compound which enhances the adhesion between the polyimide film and the substrate can be used. Examples of poor solvents which increase the uniformity of film thickness or surface smoothness, such as isopropyl alcohol, methoxymethylpentanol, methyl cellosolve, cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, methyl cellosolve Acetate, ethyl cellulose ester, butyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol acetate diol, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether , glycol ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, alcohol-tert-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol, glycol monoacetate, diethyl Glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropyl monoacetate monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol Monoester monopropyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, tripropylene glycol, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, diisopropyl ether, ethyl Isoether, diisobutylene, pentyl acetate, butyl butyl ester, butyl ether, diketone, methylcyclohexene, propyl ether, dihexyl ether, η-hexane, alkane, η-octane , diethyl ether 'lactate A , ethyl lactate, ethyl ester, ethyl acetate, η-butyl acetate, methyl propylene glycol monoethyl ether ketoacrylate, ethyl pyruvate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxy acid Ethyl ethyl ester, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-propionic acid, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate, 1- Base-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, 1-butoxy-2-propanol, 1- using the coating to make the specific ethyl agent B, B-butylene dibutyl Monomethyl glycol acetate methyl butyrate isobutyl eta-pentanoic acid methyl propyl propyl methoxy methoxy oxy-33- 201241046 -2-propanol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol -1-monomethyl ether-2-acetate, propylene glycol-1-monoethyl ether-2-acetate, dipropylene glycol, 2-(2-ethoxypropoxy)propanol, methyl lactate An organic solvent having a low surface tension, such as an ester, ethyl lactate, η-propyl lactate, η-butyl lactate or isoamyl lactate. These poor solvents can be used in combination of one type or plural types. When the above-mentioned poor solvent is used, it is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, based on the total of the organic solvent contained in the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film. Examples of the compound which improves the uniformity of the film thickness or the surface smoothness, such as a fluorine-based surfactant, an anthrone-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, etc., specifically, for example, EFTOPEF301, EF303, and EF3 52 (manufactured by Thochem Products), MEGAFACEF17 1, F173, R-30 (made by Dainippon Ink), Fluorad FC430, FC431 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M), AsahiGuard AG7 10, Surflon S-3 82 'SC101, SC102, SC103 'SC104, SC105, SC106 (Asahi Glass system) and so on. The ratio of use of the surfactant is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, based on the total amount of the polymer component contained in the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film. 1 part by mass. Specific examples of the compound which improves the adhesion between the polyimide film and the substrate include, for example, 3·aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, and 2-amino group. Propyltrimethoxydecane, 2-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-(2-aminoethyl) --3-Aminopropylmethyldimethoxydecane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxydecane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-34-201241046 3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, Ν·ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, Ν-triethoxydecylpropyltriethylenetriamine, Ν-trimethoxy Based on alkyl propyl triethylene triamine, 10-trimethoxydecyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 10-triethoxydecyl-I. - triazanonane, 9-trimethoxydecyl-3,6-diazaindolyl acetate, 9-triethoxydecyl-3,6-diazaindolyl acetate, Ν-Benzyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, Ν-benzyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, hydrazine -Phenyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, anthracene-bis(oxyethylene)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, anthracene-bis(oxyethylene)-3-aminopropyl Triethoxy decane 'ethylene glycol diepoxypropyl ether, polyethylene glycol diepoxypropyl ether, propylene glycol diepoxypropyl ether, tripropylene glycol diepoxypropyl ether, polypropylene glycol epoxide Propyl ether, neopentyl glycol diepoxypropyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diepoxypropyl ether, glycerol diepoxypropyl ether, 2,2-dibromo neopentyl glycol bicyclic Oxypropyl propyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetraepoxypropyl-2,4-hexanediol, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, Ν', tetracyloxypropyl-m-xylene Amine, 1,3-bis(N,N-diepoxypropylaminomethyl)cyclohexane or >1, 叱>1', >1',-tetraepoxypropyl-4, Functional 矽 such as 4'-diaminodiphenylmethane Epoxy group-containing compound or compounds. When the compound to be adhered to the substrate is used, the total amount of the polymer component contained in the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass. 1 to 20 parts by mass. When the amount is less than 1 part by mass, the effect of improving the adhesion is not expected, and if the amount is more than 30 parts by mass, the alignment of the liquid crystal is deteriorated. Further, in the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention, the dielectric properties such as the dielectric constant or the conductivity of the polyimide film can be changed without impairing the effect range of the invention of the present invention. A dielectric or conductive substance of interest. Further, in the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention, a crosslinkable compound having an epoxy group, an isocyanate group or an oxetanyl group can be incorporated without impairing the effect of the present invention, and further A crosslinkable compound having at least one substituent selected from a group consisting of a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group or a crosslinkable compound having a polymerizable unsaturated bond. The coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention can be used as a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film. Further, the liquid crystal alignment film means a film which aligns the liquid crystal in a specific direction. The polyimine film can be formed by applying the coating film for forming a polyimine film of the present invention to a substrate and baking it. In addition, when the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention is used as a liquid crystal alignment agent, it is applied onto a substrate and fired, and then subjected to alignment treatment by rubbing treatment or light irradiation, or vertical alignment. A liquid crystal alignment film can be formed without using an alignment treatment. The substrate is not particularly limited as long as it is a coating liquid for forming a polyimide film, but it is preferable to form a liquid crystal alignment film with high transparency. Specific examples thereof include a glass substrate, a plastic substrate such as an acrylic substrate or a polycarbonate substrate, and the like. Further, it is preferable to use a substrate such as an ITO electrode for driving a liquid crystal, from the viewpoint of simplification of the process. Next, in the reflective liquid crystal display device, an opaque such as a germanium wafer can be used for the substrate on only one side. In this case, a material such as aluminum or the like can be used. Further, in a TFT-type element-like high-performance device, an element formed of a transistor such as a transistor can be used between the electrode for driving a liquid crystal and the substrate -36-201241046. The coating method of applying the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film to a substrate is not particularly limited. However, industrial printing is generally carried out by screen printing, offset printing, flexographic printing, ink jet printing or the like. Other coating methods include dip coating, roll coating, slit coating, spin coating, etc., and may be used depending on the purpose. The coating liquid for forming a polyimide film is applied onto a substrate, and if necessary, one or all of the solvent is dried and then fired. This may be heated to a temperature at which the Mic acid structure of the difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A] is an ketene or the like and may react with a carboxyl group or the like of a polyimine precursor or a polyimine. For example, it is carried out at 180 to 250 ° C by means of heating means such as a hot plate, a hot air circulation furnace or an infrared furnace, and the solvent is evaporated to simultaneously react the structure of the Michler acid with the polyimine precursor or the polyimine, and in the poly The amine precursor or the polyimine is introduced into the difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A] to form the polyimide film of the present invention. The polyimine film thus obtained has a structure in which the polyimine is crosslinked by the difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A], and the hard film is excellent in cutting resistance. When the thickness of the polyimide film formed after firing is made into a liquid crystal alignment film, if it is too thick, it is disadvantageous in the power-consuming surface of the liquid crystal display element, and if it is too thin, the reliability of the liquid crystal display element is lowered. It is preferably 5 to 300 nm, more preferably 10 to 200 nm. ● When the liquid crystal is aligned horizontally or obliquely, the coating film after firing is treated by rubbing or polarized ultraviolet irradiation or the like. After the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is obtained by the above-described method, a liquid crystal cell is produced by a conventional method, and a liquid crystal display device is used to produce a liquid crystal display device. 37-201241046. An example of the liquid crystal alignment agent comprising a liquid crystal layer provided between the substrate and the liquid crystal layer, which is provided between the substrate and the liquid crystal layer, is provided by a liquid crystal alignment agent comprising a coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention. The liquid crystal display element of the liquid crystal cell of the above liquid crystal alignment film. In the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, for example, a twisted nematic (TN: Twisted Nematic) method, a vertical alignment (VA: Vertical Alignment) method, or an IPS (In-Plane Switching) method can be used. The substrate used for the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it has a high transparency. However, a substrate having a transparent electrode for driving a liquid crystal is usually formed on the substrate. Specific examples are the same as those described in the above polyimide film. Further, the liquid crystal alignment film is formed by applying the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention to the substrate and then firing it, as described above. The liquid crystal material constituting the liquid crystal layer of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a conventional liquid crystal material such as MLC-2003, MLC-6608, MLC-6609 manufactured by Merck Co., Ltd., etc., may be used. For example, a pair of substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed may be prepared, and a spacer such as a bead may be spread on a liquid crystal alignment film of one substrate, and a liquid crystal alignment film surface may be formed inside, and another substrate may be bonded to reduce liquid crystal. A method of sealing by pressure injection or a method of sealing a substrate by dropping a liquid crystal on a liquid crystal alignment film surface of a spacer, and the like. In this case, the thickness of the spacer is preferably 1 to 3 μm, more preferably 2 to 10 μηα. The liquid crystal display element produced as described above is expressed by the above formula [A] which can introduce the desired characteristic -38 to 201241046. Since the difunctional compound is produced by a liquid crystal alignment agent having at least one polyimine precursor and polyimine, it is possible to improve various characteristics. [Embodiment] [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail with reference to examples and comparative examples, but the explanation of the present invention is not limited to the examples. [Synthesis of a difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A]] <Synthesis Example 1> Compound 5,5'-(l,4-phenylenebis (azanediyl))bis (methan) represented by the following formula [4] Synthesis of -l - yl-1 - ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione) [Chemical 2 2]

在 30 0mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](14.7g、 102mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](147g),進行 1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入對苯二胺[3](5.〇g、46mmol)’進一步進 行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,使反應溶液冷卻至室 溫,過濾析出的固體,以己烷進行洗淨,之後使固體乾燥 -39 - 201241046 而得到化合物[4]15.8g(收率82%)。 'Η-ΝΜΚ(400ΜΗζ,ΟΜ8Ο-ά6,δρριη) : 1 1 ,29(2H,d), 8.56(2H,d)> 7.64(4H,s)> 1.68(12H,s)。 <合成例2 > 下述式[6]所表示的化合物5,5’-(l,3-phenylenebis (azanediyl))bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的合成 【化2 3】In a 30 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [1] (14.7 g, 102 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (147 g) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, p-phenylenediamine [3] (5. g, 46 mmol) was further added and heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated solid was filtered, washed with hexane, and then the solid was dried to -39 - 201241046 to give 15.8 g of compound [4] (yield: 82%). 'Η-ΝΜΚ(400ΜΗζ,ΟΜ8Ο-ά6,δρριη) : 1 1 , 29(2H,d), 8.56(2H,d)>7.64(4H,s)> 1.68(12H,s). <Synthesis Example 2 > Compound 5,5'-(l,3-phenylenebis (azanediyl))bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis(2,2- represented by the following formula [6] Synthesis of dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione) [Chemical 2 3]

在 300mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](14.7g、 102mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](147g),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入間苯二胺[5](5.0g、46mmol),進一步進 行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,使反應溶液冷卻至室 溫,過濾析出的固體,以己烷進行洗淨,之後使固體乾燥 而得到化合物[6]14.1g(收率72%)。 1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,6ppm) : 11.28(2H,s), 8.74(2H,s),7.98(lH,s),7.44(3H,s),1.68(12H,s)» <合成例3> 下述式[8]所表示的化合物5,5'-(pyridine-2,6-diylbis -40 - 201241046 (azanediyl))bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl- l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的合成In a 300 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [1] (14.7 g, 102 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (147 g) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, m-phenylenediamine [5] (5.0 g, 46 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated solid was filtered, washed with hexane, and then dried to give 14.1 g of compound [6] (yield: 72%). 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6, 6ppm): 11.28 (2H, s), 8.74 (2H, s), 7.78 (1H, s), 7.44 (3H, s), 1.68 (12H, s)» < Synthesis Example 3> Compound 5,5'-(pyridine-2,6-diylbis -40 - 201241046 (azanediyl))bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis(2) represented by the following formula [8] Synthesis of 2-dimethyl- l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione

在 3 00mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](16.0g、 lllmmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](160g),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入2,6-二胺基吡啶[7](5.5g、50mmol) ’進 一步進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後·,使反應溶液冷卻 至室溫,過濾析出的固體,以己烷進行洗淨·,之後使固體 乾燥而得到化合物[8] 16.7g(收率80%)。 W-NMRHOOMHz’DMSO-dMppm) : 1 1.42(2H,d) ’ 9.15(2H,d),7.96(lH,t),7.52(2H,d),1.67(12H,s)。 &lt;合成例4&gt; 下述式[10]所表示的化合物5,5'-(4,4'-iriethylenebis (4,l-phenylene)bis(azanediyl))bis(methan-l-yl-l-y 1 i d e n e) b i s (2,2 - d i m e t h y 1 -1,3 - d i o x a n e - 4,6 - d i ο n e )的合成 -41 - 201241046 【化2 5】In a 300 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [1] (16.0 g, lll mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (160 g) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, 2,6-diaminopyridine [7] (5.5 g, 50 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with hexane. Then, the solid was dried to obtain 16.7 g (yield: 80%) of compound [8]. W-NMRHOO MHz &lt;RTI ID=0.0&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> <RTIgt; &lt;Synthesis Example 4&gt; Compound 5,5'-(4,4'-iriethylenebis(4,l-phenylene)bis(azanediyl))bis (methan-l-yl-ly 1) represented by the following formula [10] Synthesis of idene) bis (2,2 - dimethy 1 -1,3 - dioxane - 4,6 - di ο ne ) -41 - 201241046 [Chem. 2 5]

H2N nh2 [9]H2N nh2 [9]

[i] CH(OMe)3 [2] o[i] CH(OMe)3 [2] o

〇V ‘mx [10] oΗΛ七 在30 0mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[1](14.7g、 102mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](l47g),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷[9](5.〇g、 4 6mmol),進一步進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,使 反應溶液冷卻至室溫,過濾析出的固體’以己烷進行洗 淨,之後使固體乾燥而得到化合物H〇]14.1g(收率72%)。 1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,5ppm) : 1 1.23(2H,d), 8.54(2H,d) , 7.5 0-7.48 (4H,m) , 7 · 3 1 - 7 · 2 9 (4 Η,m), 3.96(2H,m),1.66(12H,s)。 &lt;合成例5 &gt; 下述式[12]所表不的化合物5,5、(4,4'-oxybis(4,l- phenylene)bis(azanediyl))bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis (2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的合成〇V ‘mx [10] oΗΛ7 In a 30 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [1] (14.7 g, 102 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (l47 g) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane [9] (5. g, 46 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with hexane, and then the solid was dried to obtain 14.1 g (yield: 72%). 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6, 5ppm): 1 1.23(2H,d), 8.54(2H,d) , 7.5 0-7.48 (4H,m) , 7 · 3 1 - 7 · 2 9 (4 Η , m), 3.96 (2H, m), 1.66 (12H, s). &lt;Synthesis Example 5 &gt; Compound 5,5, (4,4'-oxybis(4,l-phenylene)bis(azanediyl))bis (methan-l-yl-l) represented by the following formula [12] -ylidene) Synthesis of bis (2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)

-42- 201241046 在 200mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](7.92g、 54.9mm〇l)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](78g),進行1小時加熱迴 流。之後,加入 4,4’ -二胺基二苯基醚[U](5.0g、 2 5 · 0 m m ο 1 ),進一步進行2小時力Π熱迴流。反應完畢後’ 使反應溶液冷卻至室溫,過濾析出的固體,以己烷進行洗 淨,之後使固體乾燥而得到化合物[12]11.7g(收率92%)。 1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,5ppm) : 11.30(2H,d) ’ 8.51(2H,d),7.62(4H,d),7.08(4H,d),1.67(12H,s)» &lt;合成例6&gt; 下述式[14]所表示的化合物5,5'-(4,4^azanediylbis (4,l-phenylene)bis(azanediyl))bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的合成 【化2 7】-42- 201241046 In a 200 mL four-necked flask, Mic acid [l] (7.92 g, 54.9 mm )l) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (78 g) were added, and the mixture was heated and refluxed for 1 hour. Thereafter, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether [U] (5.0 g, 2 5 · 0 m m ο 1 ) was added, and further reflux was carried out for 2 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated solid was filtered, washed with hexane, and then the solid was dried to obtain 11.7 g (yield: 92%) of compound [12]. 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6, 5ppm): 11.30(2H,d) ' 8.51 (2H,d), 7.62 (4H,d), 7.08 (4H,d), 1.67 (12H,s)» &lt; Synthesis Example 6&gt; Compound 5,5'-(4,4^azanediylbis(4,l-phenylene)bis(azanediyl))bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis represented by the following formula [14] Synthesis of (2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione) [Chemical 2 7]

在 200mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](7.96g、 55.2mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](79g),進行1小時加熱迴 流。之後,加入 4,4’-二胺基二苯基胺[13](5.0g、 2 5.1 m m ο 1 ),進一·步進行2小時力D熱迴流。反應完畢後, 使反應溶液冷卻至室溫,過濾析出的固體,以己烷進行洗 -43- 201241046 淨,之後使固體乾燥而得到化合物[l4]l〇.lg(收率79%)。 'H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,5ppm) : 11.29(2H,d), 8.51(2H,d),7.62(4H,d),7.08(4H,d) ’ 4.97(lH,s) ’ 1.67(12H,s)。 &lt;合成例7&gt; 下述式[16]所表示的化合物5,5'-(4,4'- (methylazanediyl)bis(4,1 - phenylene)bis(azanediyl)) bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl -1,3- dioxane- 4,6-dione)的合成In a 200 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [l] (7.96 g, 55.2 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (79 g) were added, and the mixture was heated and refluxed for 1 hour. Thereafter, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine [13] (5.0 g, 2 5.1 m m ο 1 ) was added, and the mixture was further subjected to a heat D reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated solid was filtered, washed with hexane -43-201241046, and then solid was dried to give compound [l4]l.g (yield: 79%). 'H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 5 ppm): 11.29 (2H, d), 8.51 (2H, d), 7.62 (4H, d), 7.08 (4H, d) ' 4.97 (lH, s) ' 1.67 (12H, s). &lt;Synthesis Example 7&gt; The compound represented by the following formula [16], 5'-(4,4'-(methylazanediyl)bis(4,1 - phenylene)bis(azanediyl) bis(methan-l-yl) -l-ylidene) Synthesis of bis(2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)

500mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](14.9g、 103mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](100g),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲基胺[15](10.0g、 46.9mmol),進一步進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後’ 使反應溶液冷卻至室溫,過濾析出的固體,以己烷進行洗 淨,之後使固體乾燥而得到化合物[16]21.7g(收率86%)。 1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,6ppm) : 1 1 .2 1 (2H,d) &gt; 8.44(2H,d),7.45-7.42(4H,m),7.03-7.01(4H,m), 3.24(3H,s),1 .62(12H,s)。 -44- 201241046 &lt;合成例8&gt; 下述式[18]所表示的化合物5,5'-(4,4'-(pentane-l,5- diylbis(oxy))bis(4,l- phenyl ene))bis(azanediyl)bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的 合成 【化2 9】In a 500 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [1] (14.9 g, 103 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (100 g) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethylamine [15] (10.0 g, 46.9 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with hexane, and then the solid was dried to obtain 21.7 g (yield: 86%) of compound [16]. 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6, 6ppm): 1 1 .2 1 (2H, d) &gt; 8.44 (2H, d), 7.45-7.42 (4H, m), 7.03-7.01 (4H, m), 3.24 (3H, s), 1.62 (12H, s). -44-201241046 &lt;Synthesis Example 8&gt; Compound 5,5'-(4,4'-(pentane-l,5-diylbis(oxy))bis(4,l-phenyl) represented by the following formula [18] Ene)) Synthesis of bis(azanediyl)bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)

[17][17]

Ο 在 300mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](16.6g、 1 15mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](1 1 lg),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入化合物[17](15.0g、52.4mmol),進一步 進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,使反應溶液冷卻至室 溫,過濾析出的固體,以己烷進行洗淨,之後使固體乾燥 而得到化合物[18]20.8g(收率67%)。 1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,8ppm) : 1 1 . 2 3 (2 H , s) * 8.45(2H,s) , 7.5 1 -7.47(4H,m) , 7.0 0 - 6 · 9 4 (4 H,m), 4.01(4H,t) &gt; 1.8 2- 1.72(4H,m) &gt; 1.67(12H,s)&gt; 1.62-1.54 (2H,m)。 &lt;合成例9&gt; 下述式[20]所表示的化合物1 J-bisH-Uae-dimethyl-jJ-dioxo-lJ-dioxan-S-ylideneJmethylamincOphenethyl) -45- 201241046 urea的合成米 In a 300 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [1] (16.6 g, 1 15 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (1 1 lg) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [17] (15.0 g, 52.4 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated solid was filtered, washed with hexane, and then dried to give 20.8 g (yield 67%) of compound [18]. 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6, 8ppm): 1 1 . 2 3 (2H, s) * 8.45 (2H, s) , 7.5 1 - 7.47 (4H, m) , 7.0 0 - 6 · 9 4 ( 4 H, m), 4.01 (4H, t) &gt; 1.8 2- 1.72 (4H, m) &gt; 1.67 (12H, s) &gt; 1.62-1.54 (2H, m). &lt;Synthesis Example 9&gt; Compound 1 represented by the following formula [20] J-bisH-Uae-dimethyl-jJ-dioxo-lJ-dioxan-S-ylideneJmethylamincOphenethyl) -45- 201241046 Synthesis of urea

在200mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[n(28.6g、 HTnimol)、及原甲酸二甲醋[2](2008),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入化合物[l9](2〇.〇g、67.0mm〇l) ’進-步 進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後’使反應溶液冷卻至室 溫’過濾析出的固體,以己院進行洗淨,之後使固體乾燥 而得到化合物[20]4〇.3g(收率99%)。 'H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,6ppm) : 1 1 . 1 7(2H,d) ’ 8.48(2H,d),7.40(4H,d),7.21(4H,d) ’ 5.89(2H,t) ’ 3.18-3.14(4H,m),2.62(4H,t),1.62(12H,s)。 &lt;合成例1 0 &gt; 下述式[22]所表示的化合物5,5’_(6,7,9,10,17,18,20, 21-octahydrodibenzo[b,k][l,4,7,10,l3,l6] hexaoxacyclo〇ctadecine-2,13-diyl)bis(azanediy1) bis(methan-l-yi_i_yiidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl_l,3-di〇Xane-4,6-dione)的合成 -46- 201241046In a 200 mL four-necked flask, Mic acid [n (28.6 g, HTnimol), and dimethyl acetal [2] (2008) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [l9] (2 〇.〇g, 67.0 mm 〇l) was added and the mixture was heated under reflux for 2 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with a house, and then dried to give a compound [20] 4 〇.3 g (yield: 99%). 'H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 6 ppm): 1 1 . 1 7 (2H, d) ' 8.48 (2H, d), 7.40 (4H, d), 7.21 (4H, d) ' 5.89 (2H, t) ' 3.18-3.14(4H,m), 2.62(4H,t), 1.62(12H,s). &lt;Synthesis Example 1 0 &gt; Compound 5,5'-(6,7,9,10,17,18,20, 21-octahydrodibenzo[b,k][l,4 represented by the following formula [22] ,7,10,l3,l6] hexaoxacyclo〇ctadecine-2,13-diyl)bis(azanediy1) bis(methan-l-yi_i_yiidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl_l,3-di〇Xane-4,6-dione Synthesis of -46- 201241046

【化3 1 I[Chemical 3 1 I

在200mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[1](7.38g、 51.2mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](l〇〇g),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入化合物[21](10.0g、25.6mmol),進一步 進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,以蒸發器將溶劑除 去、乾燥而得到化合物[2 2 ] 1 7.9 g (收率9 6 %)。 1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,5ppm) : 11.16(2H,d) » 8.50(2H,d) &gt; 7.19(.2H,d) - 7.0 1 - 6.9 8 (2 Η, m) &gt; 6.93(2H,m)·. 4.09-4.08(4H,m) · 4.0 4 - 4.0 2 (4 H, m ) , 3.79(8H,m), 1.6 1 (1 2H,s) ° &lt;合成例11&gt; 下述式[24]所表示的化合物5-((3-((2,2-dim ethyl-4,6-diox〇-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methylamino)benzylamino) methylene)-2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione 的合成 【化3 2】In a 200 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [1] (7.38 g, 51.2 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (10 g) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [21] (10.0 g, 25.6 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to give Compound [2 2 ] 1 7.9 g (yield: 6%). 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6, 5ppm): 11.16(2H,d) » 8.50(2H,d) &gt; 7.19(.2H,d) - 7.0 1 - 6.9 8 (2 Η, m) &gt; 6.93 (2H, m)·. 4.09-4.08 (4H, m) · 4.0 4 - 4.0 2 (4 H, m ) , 3.79 (8H, m), 1.6 1 (1 2H, s) ° &lt;Synthesis Example 11&gt; The compound represented by the following formula [24] is 5-((3-((2,2-dim ethyl-4,6-diox〇-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methylamino)benzylamino) methylene)-2 Synthesis of 2-dimethyl-l, 3-dioxane-4,6-dione [Chemical 3 2]

在 3 00mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](23.6g、 201241046 164mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](l〇〇g),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入3-胺基苄基胺[23](10.0g、81.9mmol), 進一步進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,以蒸發器將溶 劑除去、乾燥而得到化合物[2 4 ] 3 6.2 g (收率1 0 0 %。 1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,8ppm) 11.21(lH,s), 1 0.04-9.97( 1 H,m) &gt; 8.55(lH,s) &gt; 8.30(lH,d) « 7.57(lH,s) &gt; 7.48 -7.3 8(2H,m) &gt; 7.23(lH,d) - 4.65(2H,d) » 1.63(6H,s) &gt; 1 .55(6H,s) » &lt;合成例1 2 &gt; 下述式[26]所表示的化合物5,5'-(4,4'-化1*(^3116-1,3-diyl)bis(piperidine-4,l-diyl))bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene) bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的合成 【化3 3】In a 300 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [1] (23.6 g, 201241046 164 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (10 g) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, 3-aminobenzylamine [23] (10.0 g, 81.9 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to give the compound [2 4 ] 3 6.2 g (yield 100%. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 8 ppm) 11.21 (lH, s), 1 0.04-9.97( 1 H,m) &gt; 8.55(lH,s) &gt; 8.30(lH,d) « 7.57(lH,s) &gt; 7.48 -7.3 8(2H,m) &gt; 7.23(lH,d - 4.65 (2H, d) » 1.63 (6H, s) &gt; 1.55 (6H, s) » &lt;Synthesis Example 1 2 &gt; Compound 5,5'-( represented by the following formula [26] 4,4'-chemical 1*(^3116-1,3-diyl)bis(piperidine-4,l-diyl))bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene) bis(2,2-dimethyl-l , 3-dioxane-4, 6-dione) Synthesis [Chemical 3 3]

在 200mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[1](11.7g、 81.0mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](128g),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後’加入1,3 -二-4 -哌啶基丙烷 [25](8.52g、 4 0 · 5 m m ο 1 ),進一步進行2小時力□熱迴流。反應完畢後, 以蒸發器將溶劑除去、乾燥而得到化合物[2 6 ] 2 0.2 g (收率 9 9%) ° 1 Η-N M R (4 0 0M H z,D M S Ο - d 6,δρρ m) : 8.09(2H,s) » -48- 201241046 4.06-3.97(4H,m) * 3.5 6 - 3.4 9 (2 Η , m) &gt; 3.2 8 - 3.2 5 ( 2 Η , m )' 1.84-1.81(4H,m)’ 1.61-1.56(12H,m)&gt; 1.3 2- 1.23 ( 1 2H,m)。 &lt;合成例13&gt; 下述式[28]所表不的化合物5,5’-(91:(^3116-1,3-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的合成 【化3 4】In a 200 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [1] (11.7 g, 81.0 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (128 g) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, 1,3 -di-4-piperidylpropane [25] (8.52 g, 4 0 · 5 m m ο 1 ) was added, and further reflux was carried out for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to obtain a compound [2 6 ] 2 0.2 g (yield 9 9%) ° 1 Η-NMR (4 0 0 M Hz, DMS Ο - d 6, δρρ m) : 8.09(2H,s) » -48- 201241046 4.06-3.97(4H,m) * 3.5 6 - 3.4 9 (2 Η , m) &gt; 3.2 8 - 3.2 5 ( 2 Η , m )' 1.84-1.81( 4H,m)' 1.61-1.56(12H,m)&gt; 1.3 2- 1.23 (1 2H, m). &lt;Synthesis Example 13&gt; A compound 5,5'-(91:(^3116-1,3-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene) represented by the following formula [28] Synthesis of bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione) [Chemical 3 4]

[27] 5 00mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](42.8g、297mmol )、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](150g),進行1小時加熱迴流。之 後,加入1,3-二胺基丙烷[27](10.0g、135mmol),進一步 進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,使反應溶液冷卻至室 溫,過濾析出的固體,以己烷進行洗淨,之後使固體乾燥 而得到化合物[28]24.8g(收率48%)。 lH-NMR(400MHz,CDC13,5ppm) : 9.5 7 - 9 · 5 4(2H,m), 8.16(2H,d),3.59(4H,q),2.11(2H,quin),1.71(12H,s)。 &lt;合成例14&gt; 下述式[30]所表示的化合物 SJ'dcyclohexane-lj-diylbisimethylenenbisiazanediynbisimethan-l-yl-l- -49- 201241046 ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的合成 【化3 5】[27] In a 5 00 mL four-necked flask, a solution of [1] (42.8 g, 297 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (150 g) was added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, 1,3-diaminopropane [27] (10.0 g, 135 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated solid was filtered, washed with hexane, and then dried to give a compound [28] 24.8 g (yield: 48%). lH-NMR (400MHz, CDC13, 5ppm): 9.5 7 - 9 · 5 4(2H,m), 8.16(2H,d),3.59(4H,q),2.11(2H,quin),1.71(12H,s ). &lt;Synthesis Example 14&gt; The compound represented by the following formula [30] SJ'dcyclohexane-lj-diylbisimethylenenbisiazanediynbisimethan-l-yl-l--49-201241046 ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane- Synthesis of 4,6-dione) [Chemical 3 5]

CH(OMe)3 [2]CH(OMe)3 [2]

5 00mL 四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](44.6g、 3 09mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](200g),進行 1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入1,3-雙胺基甲基環己烷(cis-/trans-混合 物)[29](20.0g、141mmol),進一步進行2小時加熱迴流。 反應完畢後,使反應溶液冷卻至室溫,過濾析出的固體, 以己烷進行洗淨,之後使固體乾燥而得到化合物[30] (cis-/trans -混合物)58.3g(收率 92%)。 1 H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,5ppm) : 9.63-9.60 (2H,m) &gt; 8.1 1-7.97(2H,m) &gt; 3 . 5 1 - 3 .1 2 (4 Η, m) &gt; 1.87-0.54 (22H,m)。 &lt;合成例1 5 &gt; 下述式[32]所表示的化合物3,5-1^8((2,2-&lt;1丨111611^1-4,6-dioxo-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methylamino)benzoic acid 的合成 -50- 201241046 【化3 6】In a 00 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [l] (44.6 g, 3 09 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (200 g) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, 1,3-diaminomethylcyclohexane (cis-/trans-mixture) [29] (20.0 g, 141 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated solid was filtered, washed with hexane, and then dried to give compound [30] (cis-/trans-mixture) 58.3 g (yield: 92%). . 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 5 ppm): 9.63-9.60 (2H, m) &gt; 8.1 1-7.97 (2H, m) &gt; 3 . 5 1 - 3 .1 2 (4 Η, m) &gt; 1.87-0.54 (22H, m). &lt;Synthesis Example 1 5 &gt; Compound 3, 5-1^8 represented by the following formula [32] ((2,2-&lt;1丨111611^1-4, 6-dioxo-l, 3-dioxan -5-ylidene) Synthesis of methylamino)benzoic acid -50-201241046 [Chem. 3 6]

CH(OMe)3 [2]CH(OMe)3 [2]

[32] 在 200mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](l〇.4g、 72.3mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](105g),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入 3,5 -二胺基安息香酸[31] (5 Jg ' 32.9mmol),進一步進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後, 使反應溶液冷卻至室溫,過濾析出的固體,以己烷進行洗 淨,之後使固體乾燥而得到化合物[32]9.0g(收率59%)。 1 H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,5ppm) : 11.34(2H,d), 8.74(2H,d),7.92(2H,d),1.69(12H,s)。 &lt;合成例16&gt; 下述式[34]所表示的化合物3,5-1&gt;丨3((2,2-(1丨111611^1-4,6-dioxo-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methylamino)-N-(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)benzamide 的合成 【化3 7】[32] In a 200 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [l] (10 g, 72.3 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (105 g) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid [31] (5 Jg '32.9 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with hexane, and then the solid was dried to give 9.0 g (yield: 59%) of compound [32]. 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 5 ppm): 11.34 (2H,d), 8.74 (2H,d), 7.92 (2H,d), 1.69 (12H, s). &lt;Synthesis Example 16&gt; Compound 3, 5-1 &gt; 丨 3 represented by the following formula [34] ((2, 2-(1丨111611^1-4, 6-dioxo-l, 3-dioxan-5) -ylidene)methylamino)-N-(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)benzamide Synthesis [Chem. 3 7]

在200mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](6_5g、 45.4mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](66g)’進行1小時加熱迴 -51 - 201241046 流。之後,加入化合物[33](5.0g、20.6mmol),進一步進 行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,以蒸發器將溶劑除去、 乾燥而得到化合物[34]11.3g(收率98%)。 lH-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,5ppm) : 1 1 .35(2H,d), 9.27(lH,t),8.78(2H,d),8.59(lH,d),8.49-8.47(lH,m), 8.16-8.15(lH,m),7.84(2H,d),7.77-7.74(lH,m), 7.40-7.36(lH,m),4.55(2H,d),1.69(12H,s)。 &lt;合成例17&gt; 下述式[36]所表示的化合物 N-(3-(lH-imidazol-l· yl)propyl)-3,5-bis((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-dioxo-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methylamino)benzamide 的合成 【化3 8】In a 200 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [l] (6-5 g, 45.4 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (66 g) were added and heated for 1 hour to reflux -51 - 201241046. Thereafter, the compound [33] (5.0 g, 20.6 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to give 11.3 g (yield: 98%) of compound [34]. lH-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 5 ppm): 1 1.35 (2H, d), 9.27 (1H, t), 8.78 (2H, d), 8.59 (lH, d), 8.49-8.47 (lH, m), 8.16-8.15 (lH, m), 7.84 (2H, d), 7.77-7.74 (lH, m), 7.40-7.36 (lH, m), 4.55 (2H, d), 1.69 (12H, s) . &lt;Synthesis Example 17&gt; The compound N-(3-(lH-imidazol-l.yl)propyl)-3,5-bis ((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-) represented by the following formula [36] Synthesis of dioxo-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methylamino)benzamide [Chemical 3 8]

在 200mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](10.lg、 52.1 mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2] (50g) ’進行1小時加熱迴 流。之後’加入化合物[35](5.〇g、23.7mm〇l)’進—步進 行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,以蒸發器將溶劑除去、 乾燥而得到化合物[36]13.4g(收率1〇〇%)。 1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,5ppm) : 1 1.27(2H,s) &gt; 8.71-8.65(3H,m) &gt; 8.01(lH,t) * 7.99(lH,t) &gt; 7.75(2H,d) » -52- 201241046 7.32(lH,t),7.05(lH,t),4.07-4.03 (2H,m), 3.25-3.18(2H,m),1.97(2H,t),1.64(12H,s)。 &lt;合成例1 8&gt; 下述式[38]所表示的化合物 3,5-bis((2,2-dimethyl- 4,6-dioxo-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methylamino)benzyl furan-2-carboxylate 的合成 【化3 9】In a 200 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [l] (10. lg, 52.1 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (50 g) were added for heating for one hour. Thereafter, the compound [35] (5. 〇g, 23.7 mm 〇l) was added and the mixture was heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to obtain 13.4 g of a compound [36] (yield: 1%). 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6, 5ppm): 1 1.27 (2H, s) &gt; 8.71-8.65 (3H, m) &gt; 8.01(lH,t) * 7.99(lH,t) &gt; 7.75(2H , d) » -52- 201241046 7.32(lH,t),7.05(lH,t),4.07-4.03 (2H,m), 3.25-3.18(2H,m),1.97(2H,t),1.64(12H , s). &lt;Synthesis Example 1 8&gt; Compound 3,5-bis((2,2-dimethyl- 4,6-dioxo-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methylamino)benzylfuran represented by the following formula [38] Synthesis of 2-carboxylate [Chemical 3 9]

在 200mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](13.7g、 94.7mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](100g)&gt;進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入化合物[37](10.0g、43.1mmol),進一步 進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,使反應溶液冷卻至室 溫,過濾析出的固體,以己烷進行洗淨,之後使固體乾燥 而得到化合物[38]2l.lg(收率90%)。 ,H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,5ppm) : 1 1,22(2H,d), 8.67(2H,d) &gt; 7.94-7.93 (lH,m) &gt; 7.8 7 - 7.8 6 ( 1 Η, m) &gt; 7.46-7.45 (2H,m) &gt; 7.3 8( 1 H,dd) , 6.6 8-6 · 66( 1 H,m) ’ 5.28(2H,s),1.63(12H,s)。 &lt;合成例19&gt; 下述式[40]所表示的化合物5,5·-(4-(dodecyloxy)-l,3- -53- 201241046 phenylene)bis(azanediyl)bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis (2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的合成 【化4 Ο】In a 200 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [1] (13.7 g, 94.7 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (100 g) were added and heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [37] (10.0 g, 43.1 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated solid was filtered, washed with hexane, and then dried to give compound [38] 2l. lg (yield 90%). , H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 5 ppm): 1 1,22 (2H,d), 8.67 (2H,d) &gt; 7.94-7.93 (lH,m) &gt; 7.8 7 - 7.8 6 ( 1 Η , m) &gt; 7.46-7.45 (2H,m) &gt; 7.3 8( 1 H,dd) , 6.6 8-6 · 66( 1 H,m) ' 5.28(2H,s),1.63(12H,s) . &lt;Synthesis Example 19&gt; Compound 5,5-(4-(dodecyloxy)-l,3--53-201241046 phenylene)bis(azanediyl)bis(methan-l-yl-) represented by the following formula [40] Synthesis of l-ylidene)bis (2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione) [Chemical 4 Ο]

在 300mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](10.8g、 7 5.2mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](100g),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入化合物[39](10.0g、34.2mmol),進一步 進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,以蒸發器將溶劑除 去、乾燥而得到化合物[4〇]29.7g(收率99%)。 'H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,5ppm) : 11.57(lH,d), 1 1 · 2 0 (1 Η,d) , 8 · 9 0 (1 Η,d) , 8 · 6 4 (1 Η,d) , 8 . Ο 9 ( 1 Η,d), 7.31(lH,dd),7.13(lH,d),4.06(2H,t),1.74- 1.68(2H,m), 1.63(12H,s) , 1 .46- 1.40(2H,m) &gt; 1.2 5 -1 . 1 6 (1 6 H ,m) * 0.79(3H,t)。 &lt;合成例20&gt; 下述式[42]所表示的化合物5,5'-(4-(〇(^&lt;16〇71(^7)-l,3-phenylene)bis(azanediyl)bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene) bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的合成 -54- 201241046 【化4 1】Mice acid [l] (10.8 g, 7 5.2 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (100 g) were placed in a 300 mL four-necked flask, and heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [39] (10.0 g, 34.2 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to give a compound [4], 29.7 g (yield: 99%). 'H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 5 ppm): 11.57 (lH, d), 1 1 · 2 0 (1 Η, d) , 8 · 9 0 (1 Η, d) , 8 · 6 4 (1 Η, d), 8 . Ο 9 ( 1 Η, d), 7.31 (lH, dd), 7.13 (lH, d), 4.06 (2H, t), 1.74 - 1.68 (2H, m), 1.63 (12H, s) , 1.46- 1.40 (2H, m) &gt; 1.2 5 -1 . 1 6 (1 6 H , m) * 0.79 (3H, t). &lt;Synthesis Example 20&gt; The compound 5,5'-(4-(〇(^&lt;16〇71(^7)-l,3-phenylene)bis(azanediyl)bis) represented by the following formula [42] Methan-l-yl-l-ylidene) Synthesis of bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)-54- 201241046 [Chem. 4 1]

^18^37 Ο^18^37 Ο

CH(OMe)3[2] 〒18&quot;37 Ο _CH(OMe)3[2] 〒18&quot;37 Ο _

lOOmL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[1](4.2g、 29.2mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2] (4 2 g),進行1小時加熱迴 流。之後,加入化合物[41](5.0g、13_3mmol),進一步進 行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,使反應溶液冷卻至室 溫,過濾析出的固體,以己烷進行洗淨,之後使固體乾燥 而得到化合物[4 2 ] 6.4 g (收率7 1 %)。 1H-NMR(40 0MHz,DMSO-d6,5ppm) : 1 1,63(lH,d) &gt; 11.26(lH,d) &gt; 8.99(lH,d) » 8.72(lH,d) - 8.19(lH,d) &gt; 7.40(lH,dd) &gt; 7.20(lH,d),4.13(2H,t),1 . 8 0 · 1.7 4 (2 H,m), 1.68( 1 2H,s) , 1.49- 1.45(2H,m) , 1.2 5 - 1.22 (2 8 H,m), 0.85(3H,t)。 &lt;合成例2·1_&gt; 下述式[44]所表示的化合物 5,5'-(4-(4-(trans-4-heptylcyclohexyl)phenoxy)-l,3-phenylene)bis(azanediyl) bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的合成 -55- 201241046 【化4 2】Methanol acid [1] (4.2 g, 29.2 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (42 g) were placed in a 100 mL four-necked flask, and heated to reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [41] (5.0 g, 13-3 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated solid was filtered, washed with hexane, and then dried to give compound [4 2 ] 6.4 g (yield 71%). 1H-NMR (40 0MHz, DMSO-d6, 5ppm): 1 1,63 (1H,d) &gt; 11.26(lH,d) &gt; 8.99(lH,d) » 8.72(lH,d) - 8.19(lH , d) &gt; 7.40(lH,dd) &gt; 7.20(lH,d), 4.13(2H,t),1 . 8 0 · 1.7 4 (2 H,m), 1.68( 1 2H,s) , 1.49 - 1.45 (2H, m), 1.2 5 - 1.22 (2 8 H, m), 0.85 (3H, t). &lt;Synthesis Example 2·1_&gt; The compound represented by the following formula [44], 5'-(4-(4-(trans-4-heptylcyclohexyl)phenoxy)-l,3-phenylene)bis(azanediyl) bis Synthesis of (methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)-55-201241046 [Chem. 4 2]

100mL 四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[i](4.2g、 28.9mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](41g),進行1小時加熱迴 流。之後,加入化合物[43] (5. Og、1 3.1 mmol),進一步進 行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,以蒸發器將溶劑除去、 乾燥而得到化合物[4 4 ] 9.0 g (收率9 8 %)。 'H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,5ppm) : 11.64(lH,d), ll_30(lH,d) ’ 9.03(lH,d) , 8.76(lH,d) , 8.31(lH,d), 7.40(lH,dd) ,7.28(2H,d) ,7.03(2H,d),6.97(lH,d), 1.81(2H,d),1.69(10H,d),1.44- 1.34(lH,m), 1.26-1.78(1 0H,m),1.07-1.01(lH,m),0.86(3H,t)。 &lt;合成例22&gt; 下述式[46]所表示的化合物 5,5’-(4-(trans-4-(trans-4'-pentylbi(cyclohexan)-4-yl)phenoxy)-l,3-phenylene)bis (azanediyl)bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的合成 -56- 201241046Michnic acid [i] (4.2 g, 28.9 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (41 g) were placed in a 100 mL four-necked flask, and heated to reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [43] (5. Og, 1 3.1 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to give the compound [4 4 ] 9.0 g (yield 98%). 'H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 5 ppm): 11.64 (1H, d), ll_30 (lH, d) ' 9.03 (lH, d), 8.76 (lH, d), 8.31 (lH, d), 7.40 (lH, dd), 7.28 (2H, d), 7.03 (2H, d), 6.97 (lH, d), 1.81 (2H, d), 1.69 (10H, d), 1.44 - 1.34 (lH, m), 1.26-1.78 (1 0H, m), 1.07-1.01 (lH, m), 0.86 (3H, t). &lt;Synthesis Example 22&gt; The compound 5,5'-(4-(trans-4-(trans-4'-pentylbi(cyclohexan)-4-yl)phenoxy)-l,3 represented by the following formula [46] Synthesis of -phenylene)bis (azanediyl)bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)-56- 201241046

【化4 3 I[Chemical 4 3 I

在 3 00mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](9.0g、 62.1mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](120g),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入化合物[45](12.3g、2 8.2mmol),進一步 進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,以蒸發器將溶劑除 去、乾燥而得到化合物[46]20.68g(收率98%)。 1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,5ppm) : 11.64(lH,d), 11.30(lH,d) , 9.03(lH,d) , 8.76(lH,d) , 8.31(lH,d), 7.39(lH,dd),7.27(lH,d) * 7.02(2H,d) » 6.97(2H,d), 1 .88- 1.03(43H,m) &gt; 0.86(3H,t)。 &lt;合成例23&gt; 下述式[48]所表示的化合物5,5'-(5-((trans-4-(trans-4'-pentylbi(cyclohexan)-4-yl)phenoxy)methyl)-l,3-phenylene)bis(azanediyl)bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis (2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的合成 -57- 201241046 【化4 4】In a 300 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [l] (9.0 g, 62.1 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (120 g) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [45] (12.3 g, 2 8.2 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to give 20.68 g (yield: 98%) of compound [46]. 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6, 5ppm): 11.64 (1H, d), 11.30 (1H, d), 9.03 (lH, d), 8.76 (lH, d), 8.31 (lH, d), 7.39 ( lH, dd), 7.27 (lH, d) * 7.02 (2H, d) » 6.97 (2H, d), 1. 88- 1.03 (43H, m) &gt; 0.86 (3H, t). &lt;Synthesis Example 23&gt; The compound represented by the following formula [48], 5'-(5-((trans-4-(trans-4'-pentylbi(cyclohexan)-4-yl)phenoxy)methyl)-) Synthesis of l,3-phenylene)bis(azanediyl)bis(methan-l-yl-l-ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)-57- 201241046 4 4]

[48][48]

[11 ^ CH(OMe)3 [2][11 ^ CH(OMe)3 [2]

r η2ν^^νη2 [47] 500mL 四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](19.0g、 98.6mmol)'及原甲酸三甲酯[2](200g),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入化合物[47](20.0g、44.6mmol),進一步 進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,以蒸發器將溶劑除 去、乾燥而得到化合物[48]33.4g(收率99%)。 'H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,8ppm) : 1 1.29(2H,d), 8.74(2H,d) * 7.94(lH,s) &gt; 7.53(2H,d) , 7.12(2H,d), 6.92(2H,d),5.09(2H,s),1.8 1 - 1.68(20H,m), 1.3 6-0.84(2 3 H,m)。 &lt;合成例24&gt; 下述式[50]所表示的化合物 4^pentylbi(trans-cyclohexan)-4-yl 3,5-bis((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-dioxo-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methylamino)benzoate 的合成 201241046 【化4 5】r η2ν^^νη2 [47] A milliliter flask [1] (19.0 g, 98.6 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (200 g) were placed in a 500 mL four-necked flask, and heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [47] (20.0 g, 44.6 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to give 33.4 g (yield: 99%) of compound [48]. 'H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 8 ppm): 1 1.29 (2H, d), 8.74 (2H, d) * 7.94 (1H, s) &gt; 7.53 (2H, d), 7.12 (2H, d) , 6.92 (2H, d), 5.09 (2H, s), 1.8 1 - 1.68 (20H, m), 1.3 6-0.84 (2 3 H, m). &lt;Synthesis Example 24&gt; Compound 4^pentylbi(trans-cyclohexan)-4-yl 3,5-bis ((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-dioxo-l,3) represented by the following formula [50] Synthesis of -dioxan-5-ylidene)methylamino)benzoate 201241046 [Chem. 4 5]

500mL 四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](i3.3g ' 92.0mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](150g),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入化合物[49](15.0g、41.8mm〇l),進一步 進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,以蒸發器將溶劑除 去、乾燥而得到化合物[5〇]28.8g(收率99%)。 'H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,5ppm) 1 1.28(2H,s) &gt; 8.67(2H,s),8.17(lH,t),7.86(2H,d),4.79-4.73 (lH,m), 2.02(2H,d),1.74-1.64(1 8H,m) &gt; 1.4 4 -1. 3 2 (2 H, m) &gt; 1.29-0.76(20H,m) ° &lt;合成例25&gt; 下述式[52]所表示的化合物&gt;1-(2,4-13丨8((2,2-£1丨1116〖]1乂1-4,6-dioxo-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methylamino)phenyl)-4-(trans-4-pentylcyclohexyl)benzamide 的合成 -59- 201241046 【化4 6In a 500 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [l] (i3.3 g '92.0 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (150 g) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [49] (15.0 g, 41.8 mm 〇l) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to give a compound [5], 28.8 g (yield: 99%). 'H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6, 5ppm) 1 1.28 (2H, s) &gt; 8.67 (2H, s), 8.17 (lH, t), 7.86 (2H, d), 4.79-4.73 (lH, m ), 2.02 (2H, d), 1.74-1.64 (1 8H, m) &gt; 1.4 4 -1. 3 2 (2H, m) &gt; 1.29-0.76 (20H, m) ° &lt;Synthesis Example 25&gt; The compound represented by the following formula [52] &gt; 1-(2,4-13丨8((2,2-£1丨1116〖]1乂1-4,6-dioxo-l,3-dioxan- Synthesis of 5-ylidene)methylamino)phenyl)-4-(trans-4-pentylcyclohexyl)benzamide-59- 201241046

C5H11 jQCnh h2n^^nh2C5H11 jQCnh h2n^^nh2

[2][2]

csHu [51] 十〇X〇H %工〇七 [52] 在300mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](8.2g、 56.7mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](80g),進行1小時加熱迴 流。之後,加入化合物[51】(l〇.〇g、25.8mmol),進一步進 行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後’使反應溶液冷卻至室 溫,過濾析出的固體,以己烷進行洗淨’之後使固體乾燥 而得到化合物[52]16.0g(收率92%)。 1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,6ppm) : 1 1.36- 1 1,27(2H,m) ’ 10.38(lH,s),8.80-8.74(2H,m),8.09(lH,s),7.87(2H,d) , 7.44(1 H,dd) , 7.34(2H,d) , 2.51 - 2·46 (3H,m), 1.77(2H,d),l,66(6H,s),1.59(6H,s),1.50- 1.3 7(3H,m), l_29-1.14(8H,m),0.99(2H,q),0.82(3H,t)。 &lt;合成例2 6 &gt; 下述式[54]所表示的化合物1^-(2,4-1)丨8((2,2-(1丨111611171· 4,6-dioxo-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methylamino)phenyl)-4-(trans-4-Heptylcyclohexyl)benzamide 的合成 -60- 201241046 【化4 7】csHu [51] 〇X〇H %工七七[52] In a 300 mL four-necked flask, add Mic acid [l] (8.2 g, 56.7 mmol), and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (80 g) , heating and refluxing for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [51] (10 g, 25.8 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with hexane. Then, the solid was dried to obtain 16.0 g (yield: 92%) of compound [52]. 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6, 6ppm): 1 1.36- 1 1,27(2H,m) ' 10.38 (lH, s), 8.80-8.74 (2H, m), 8.09 (lH, s), 7.87 (2H,d), 7.44(1 H,dd) , 7.34(2H,d) , 2.51 - 2·46 (3H,m), 1.77(2H,d),l,66(6H,s),1.59( 6H, s), 1.50-1.3 7 (3H, m), l_29-1.14 (8H, m), 0.99 (2H, q), 0.82 (3H, t). &lt;Synthesis Example 2 6 &gt; Compound 1^-(2,4-1)丨8 ((2,2-(1丨111611171·4,6-dioxo-l,3) represented by the following formula [54] Synthesis of -dioxan-5-ylidene)methylamino)phenyl)-4-(trans-4-Heptylcyclohexyl)benzamide-60-201241046 [Chem. 4 7]

在 300mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](11.7g、 81.0mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](150g),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入化合物[53](15..0g、36.8mmol),進一步 進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,使反應溶液冷卻至室 溫,過濾析出的固體,以己烷進行洗淨,之後使固體乾燥 而得到化合物[54]26.1g(收率99%)。 'Η-ΝΜΚ(400ΜΗζ,ΟΜ8Ο-(16,δρρχη) : 1 1.3 6- 1 1.27(2H,m) -10.38(lH,s) &gt; 8.78(2H,t) - 8.10(lH,s) &gt; 7.88(2H,d) &gt; 7.44(lH,dd) &gt; 7.35(3H,d) &gt; 2.52(2H,t) &gt; 1.78(2H,d) « l_65(6H,s),1.60(6H,s),1.5 0- 1.3 7(2H,m),1.29-1.12 (14H,m),0.99(2H,q),0.82(3H,t) 〇 &lt;合成例27&gt; 下述式[5 6]所表示的化合物5,5'-(4-((3 3,8 3,93,1011, 13R,14S,17R)-10,13-dimethyI-17-((R)-5-methylhexan-2-yl)-2,3,4,7,8,9,10,ll,12,13,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydro-lH-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-yloxy)-l,3-phenylene) bis(azanediyl)bis(methan-l - yl -1 - ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl -l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的合成 -61 - 201241046In a 300 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [1] (11.7 g, 81.0 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (150 g) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [53] (15..0 g, 36.8 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated solid was filtered, washed with hexane, and then solid was dried to give compound [54] 26.1 g (yield: 99%). 'Η-ΝΜΚ(400ΜΗζ,ΟΜ8Ο-(16,δρρχη) : 1 1.3 6- 1 1.27(2H,m) -10.38(lH,s) &gt; 8.78(2H,t) - 8.10(lH,s) &gt; 7.88(2H,d) &gt; 7.44(lH,dd) &gt; 7.35(3H,d) &gt; 2.52(2H,t) &gt; 1.78(2H,d) « l_65(6H,s),1.60(6H, s), 1.5 0- 1.3 7 (2H, m), 1.29-1.12 (14H, m), 0.99 (2H, q), 0.82 (3H, t) 〇 &lt;Synthesis Example 27&gt; The following formula [5 6] The compound represented 5,5'-(4-((3 3,8 3,93,1011, 13R,14S,17R)-10,13-dimethyI-17-((R)-5-methylhexan-2- Yl)-2,3,4,7,8,9,10,ll,12,13,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydro-lH-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-yloxy)-l,3- Synthesis of phenylene) bis(azanediyl)bis(methan-l - yl -1 - ylidene)bis(2,2-dimethyl -l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)-61 - 201241046

[56] 【化4 8】[56] [Chem. 4 8]

ο乂。 0&lt;^Λ·0 [1] CH(OMe)3 [2] lOOmL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[U(4.1g、29mmol)、 及原甲酸三甲酯[2] (5 〇g) ’進行1小時加熱迴流》之後’ 加入化合物[55](10.0g、13mmol) ’進一步進行2小時加熱 迴流。反應完畢後’使反應溶液冷卻至室溫’過濾析出的 固體,以己烷進行洗淨,之後使固體乾燥而得到化合物 [56]9.9g(收率 99%)。 &lt;合成例28&gt; 下述式[58]所表示的化合物(丑)-2,4-13丨8((2,2-(1丨111611^1-4,6-dioxo-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methylamino)phenethyl 3-(4-(decyloxy)phenyl)acrylate 的合成 I化4 9】ο乂. 00&lt;^Λ·0 [1] CH(OMe)3 [2] In a 100 mL four-necked flask, add Mic acid [U (4.1 g, 29 mmol), and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (5 〇g) After "heating under reflux for 1 hour", 'the compound [55] (10.0 g, 13 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. The precipitated solid was filtered and washed with hexane, and then the solid was dried to give the compound [56] 9.9 g (yield: 99%). &lt;Synthesis Example 28&gt; A compound represented by the following formula [58] (ugly)-2, 4-13丨8 ((2,2-(1丨111611^1-4,6-dioxo-l,3- Synthesis of dioxan-5-ylidene)methylamino)phenethyl 3-(4-(decyloxy)phenyl)acrylate

[58] oc10h21 在 200mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[i](7.3g、 -62- 201241046 37mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](75g),進行1小時加熱迴 流。之後,加入化合物[57](7.46g ' 1 7mmol),進一步進行 2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,以蒸發器將溶劑除去、乾 燥而得到化合物[58] 12.5g(收率99%)» 'H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,6ppm) : 11.57(lH,d), 1 1.29( 1 H,s),8.82(1 H,dd),8.23(lH,dd),8.04(lH,s) ’ 7.57-7.46(5H,m),6.92(2H,d),6.35(lH,d),4.34(2H,t), 3.99(2H,t) - 1.74- 1.65( 1 5H,m) , 1 · 4 3 -1 . 2 1 (1 5 H,m), 〇.85(3H,t)。 &lt;合成例29&gt; 下述式[60]所表示的化合物(E)-3,5-bis((2,2-dimethyl- 4,6&quot;diox〇'1»3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methylamino)benzyl 3-(4-(d e c y 1 o x y) p h e n y i) a c r y i a t e 的合成 【化5 〇】[58] oc10h21 In a 200 mL four-necked flask, Mic acid [i] (7.3 g, -62 - 201241046 37 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (75 g) were added, and the mixture was heated and refluxed for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [57] (7.46 g '17 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to give Compound [58] 12.5 g (yield: 99%)» 'H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 6 ppm): 11.57 (lH, d), 1 1.29 ( 1 H, s), 8.82 (1 H, dd), 8.23 (lH, dd), 8.04 (lH, s) ' 7.57-7.46 (5H, m), 6.92 (2H, d), 6.35 (lH, d ), 4.34(2H,t), 3.99(2H,t) - 1.74- 1.65( 1 5H,m) , 1 · 4 3 -1 . 2 1 (1 5 H,m), 〇.85(3H,t ). &lt;Synthesis Example 29&gt; Compound (E)-3,5-bis represented by the following formula [60] ((2,2-dimethyl- 4,6&quot;diox〇'1»3-dioxan-5-ylidene) Synthesis of methylamino)benzyl 3-(4-(decy 1 oxy) phenyi) acryiate [化5 〇]

[59][59]

在2o〇mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[i](6.3g、 3 3mmol) '及原甲酸三甲酯[2](63g),進行1小時加熱迴 之後’加入化合物[59](6.3g、15mmol),進一步進行 2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後’以蒸發器將溶劑除去乾 燥而得到化合物[60] 10.7g(收率99%)。 H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,6ppm) : 11.25(lH,d) &gt; -63- 201241046 8.71(lH,d),7_93(lH,s),7.67-7.62(3 H,m),7.48(2H,d), 6.91(2H,d),6.52(lH,d),5.19(2H,s),3.96(2H,t), 3.62-3.60(2H,m) &gt; 1 . 6 8 - 1.6 3 ( 1 5 H, m) &gt; 1 . 3 8 - 1 . 2 0 ( 1 5 H , m)-0.8 1 (3H,t)。 &lt;合成例30&gt; 下述式[62]所表示的 5,5^(((6,7,9,10,17,18,20,21-octahydrodibenzo[b,k][l,4,7,10,13,16]hexaoxacyclooctade cine-2,14-diyl)bis(azanediyl))bis(methanylylidene)) bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的合成 【化5 1】In a 2o〇mL four-necked flask, add [i] (6.3 g, 3 3 mmol) ' and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (63 g), and heat up for 1 hour, then add the compound [59] ( 6.3 g, 15 mmol), and further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator to give 10.7 g (yield: 99%) of compound [60]. H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 6 ppm): 11.25 (1H,d) &gt; -63- 201241046 8.71 (lH,d),7_93 (lH,s), 7.67-7.62 (3H,m), 7.48 (2H,d), 6.91(2H,d),6.52(lH,d), 5.19(2H,s),3.96(2H,t), 3.62-3.60(2H,m) &gt; 1 . 6 8 - 1.6 3 ( 1 5 H, m) &gt; 1 . 3 8 - 1 . 2 0 ( 1 5 H , m) - 0.8 1 (3H, t). &lt;Synthesis Example 30&gt; 5,5^(((6,7,9,10,17,18,20,21-octahydrodibenzo[b,k][l,4,7) represented by the following formula [62] ,10,13,16]hexaoxacyclooctade cine-2,14-diyl)bis(azanediyl))bis(methanylylidene)) Synthesis of bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione) 5 1]

在 200mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](4.87g、 3 3.8mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](60g),進行1小時加熱迴 流。之後,加入化合物[61](6.00g、15.4mmol),進一步進 行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後’以蒸發器將溶劑除去、 乾燥而得到化合物[62]〗〇.4g(收率97%)» 1 H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,5ppm) : 1 1 .2 1 (2H,d), 8.54(2H,d),7.26(2H,d),7.05(2H,dd),6.96(2H,d), 4.1 5-4.06(8H,m) , 3.8 8 - 3.8 0 (6 H ,m) * 3. 1 7(2H,d) * 1 .67(1 2H,s)。 -64- 201241046 &lt;合成例31&gt; 下述式[64]所表示的 5,5’-((l,4,10,13-tetraoxa-7,16-diazacyclooctadecane-7,16-diyl)bis(methanylylidene)) bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione)的合成 【化5 2】In a 200 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [l] (4.87 g, 3 3.8 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (60 g) were added, and the mixture was heated and refluxed for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [61] (6.00 g, 15.4 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to give a compound [62] 〇. 4 g (yield: 97%). &lt;1&gt;H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 5 ppm): 1 1 .2 1 (2H , d), 8.54 (2H, d), 7.26 (2H, d), 7.05 (2H, dd), 6.96 (2H, d), 4.1 5-4.06 (8H, m), 3.8 8 - 3.8 0 (6 H , m) * 3. 1 7(2H,d) * 1.67(1 2H,s). -64-201241046 &lt;Synthesis Example 31&gt; 5,5'-((l,4,10,13-tetraoxa-7,16-diazacyclooctadecane-7,16-diyl)bis represented by the following formula [64] Methanylylidene)) Synthesis of bis(2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione) [Chemical 5 2]

[63][63]

500mL 四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](24.17g、 167.7mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](200g),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入化合物[63](20.00g ' 76_2mmol),進一 步進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,以蒸發器將溶劑除 去、乾燥而得到化合物[64]43.2g(收率100%)。 &lt;合成例32&gt; 下述式[60]所表示的 5,5'-(((((oxybis(ethane-2,l-diyl))bis(oxy))bis(4,l-phenylene))bis(azanediyl))bis (methanylylidene))bis(2,2-dimethyl -1,3- dioxane-4,6-dione) 的合成 【化5 3】In a 500 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [1] (24.17 g, 167.7 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (200 g) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [63] (20.00 g '76_2 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to give 43.2 g of compound [64] (yield: 100%). &lt;Synthesis Example 32&gt; 5,5'-(((((((((((((((((((((((((((()))))) Synthesis of bis(azanediyl))bis(methanylylidene))bis(2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxane-4,6-dione) [Chemical 5 3]

•65- 201241046 500mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](22.00g、 153mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](200g),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入化合物[65](20.00g、69.4mmol) ’進一 步進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後’以蒸發器將溶劑除 去、乾燥而得到化合物[66]40.2g(收率97%)。 1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6,5ppm) : 11.23(2H,d) &gt; 8.44(2H,d) » 7.50-7.48(2H,m) &gt; 7. Ο 1 - 6.9 9 (4 Η, m) * 4.42-4.12(4H,m),3.89-3.78(4H,m),1.67(12H,s)。 &lt;合成例33&gt; 下述式[68]所.表示的 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl3,5-bis(((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-diox〇 -1,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methyl) amino)benzoate 的合成 【化5 4】• 65-201241046 A 500 mL four-necked flask was charged with Michleric acid [l] (22.00 g, 153 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (200 g), and heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [65] (20.00 g, 69.4 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to give 40.2 g of compound [66] (yield: 97%). 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6, 5ppm): 11.23(2H,d) &gt; 8.44(2H,d) » 7.50-7.48(2H,m) &gt; 7. Ο 1 - 6.9 9 (4 Η, m * 4.42-4.12 (4H, m), 3.89-3.78 (4H, m), 1.67 (12H, s). &lt;Synthesis Example 33&gt; 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-bis ((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-diox〇-1,3-dioxan-5-) represented by the following formula [68] Synthesis of ylidene)methyl)amino)benzoate [Chemical 5 4]

500mL 四口燒瓶中,力□入米氏酸[l](24.18g、 168mm〇I)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](3 00g),進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入化合物[67] (20. 〇〇g、76.3 mmol),進一 步進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,加入己烷並進行過 濾後、進行乾燥而得到化合物[68]43.7g(收率100%)。 'H-NMR(400MHz,CDC13,6ppm) : 11.36(2H,d), -66- 201241046 8.72(2H,d),7.80(2H,d),7.37(lH,t),6.17(lH,t), 5.64-5.62(lH,m) &gt; 4.6 7 - 4.6 5 (2 H, m) &gt; 4.5 5 - 4.5 2 (2 H, m) « 3.79(lH,s),3.47(lH,s),3.34(2H,s),1.97- 1.96(3H,m), 1 .78 - 1.76( 1 3H,m)。 &lt;合成例34&gt; 下述式[70]所表示的(E)-2,4-bis(((2,2-dimethyl-4,6- dioxo-l ,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methyl)amino)phenethyl 3 - (4'-butoxy-[l,l’-biphenyl]-4-yl)acrylate 的合成 【化5 5】In a 500 mL four-necked flask, Mic acid [l] (24.18 g, 168 mm 〇I) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (300 g) were charged, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [67] (20. 〇〇g, 76.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, hexane was added thereto, and the mixture was filtered and dried to give 43.7 g (yield: 100%) of compound [68]. 'H-NMR (400MHz, CDC13, 6ppm): 11.36(2H,d), -66- 201241046 8.72(2H,d), 7.80(2H,d),7.37(lH,t),6.17(lH,t) , 5.64-5.62(lH,m) &gt; 4.6 7 - 4.6 5 (2 H, m) &gt; 4.5 5 - 4.5 2 (2 H, m) « 3.79(lH,s), 3.47(lH,s), 3.34 (2H, s), 1.97- 1.96 (3H, m), 1.78 - 1.76 (1 3H, m). &lt;Synthesis Example 34&gt; (E)-2,4-bis(((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-dioxo-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methyl) represented by the following formula [70] Synthesis of amino)phenethyl 3 - (4'-butoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-4-yl)acrylate [5 5]

100mL 四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](4.00g、 2 0.4mm〇l)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](40g),進行1小時加熱迴 流。之後,加入化合物[69](4.00g、9.3mmol),進一步進 行2小時加·熱迴流。反應完畢後,以蒸發器將溶劑除去、 乾燥而得到化合物[70]6.8g(收率99%)。 1H-NMR(400MHz,CDC13,5ppm) : 1 1 .59(1 H,d) · 11.29(lH,d) , 8.84(lH,d) , 8.78(lH,d) , 8.23(lH,s), 8.04(lH,s),7.70-7.64(7H,m),7.62(lH,d),7.48(2H,s), 7.03(2H,d) &gt; 6.53(lH,d) &gt; 4.41(2H,t) &gt; 4.01(2H,t) &gt; 3.66-3.63(6H,m) &gt; 1 .6 8 - 1 . 5 7 ( 1 0 H ,m) &gt; 1.56(lH,s)» -67- 201241046 1.44-1.39(1 H,m) &gt; 0.94(3H,t)。 &lt;合成例35&gt; 下述式[72]所表示的(E)-2,4-bis(((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-dioxo-1,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methyl)amino)phenethyl 3-(4-cycl〇hexylphenyl)acryIate 的合成 【化5 6】In a 100 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [l] (4.00 g, 20.4 mm 〇l) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (40 g) were added, and the mixture was heated and refluxed for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [69] (4.00 g, 9.3 mmol) was added, and further hot reflux was carried out for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to give 6.8 g (yield: 99%) of compound [70]. 1H-NMR (400MHz, CDC13, 5ppm): 1 1.59 (1H,d) · 11.29 (lH,d), 8.84 (lH,d), 8.78 (lH,d), 8.23 (lH,s), 8.04 (lH, s), 7.70-7.64 (7H, m), 7.62 (lH, d), 7.48 (2H, s), 7.03 (2H, d) &gt; 6.53 (lH, d) &gt; 4.41 (2H, t) &gt; 4.01(2H,t) &gt; 3.66-3.63(6H,m) &gt; 1 .6 8 - 1 . 5 7 ( 1 0 H ,m) &gt; 1.56(lH,s)» -67- 201241046 1.44-1.39(1 H,m) &gt; 0.94(3H,t). &lt;Synthesis Example 35&gt; (E)-2,4-bis(((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-dioxo-1,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methyl) represented by the following formula [72] Synthesis of amino)phenethyl 3-(4-cycl〇hexylphenyl)acryIate [Chemical 5 6]

在 200mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](4.35g、 30mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](50g),進行1小時加熱迴 流。之後,加入化合物[7 1 ](5.00g、1 4mmol),進一步進行 2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,以蒸發器將溶劑除去、乾 燥而得到化合物[7 2 ] 9.6 3 g (收率9 9 %)。 lH-NMR(400MHz,CDC13,5ppm) : 1 1 .63(lH,d)-11.30(lH,d)&gt; 8.64-8.6 3 (2H,m) » 7.60(lH,d)&gt; 7.42-7.39 (3H,m) ’ 7.29-7.27(2H,m) , 7.2 1 - 7 . 1 5 (3 H , m), 6 · 3 7 (1 H,d),4.4 9 - 4 · 4 6 (2 H,m),3 . 3 3 - 3 · 1 1 (2 H,m), 2.59-2.42(lH,m),1.8 6- 1.45(2H,m),1.76- 1.70( 1 4H,m), 1.42· 1 .20(6H,m)。 &lt;合成例3 6 &gt; -68- 201241046 下述式[74]所表示的(E)-2,4-bis(((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-diox〇-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methyl)amino)phenethyl 3-(4-([trans-l,l’-bi(cyclohexan)]-4-yl)phenyl)acrylate 的合成 【化5 7】Mice acid [l] (4.35 g, 30 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (50 g) were placed in a 200 mL four-necked flask, and heated to reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [7 1 ] (5.00 g, 14 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to give compound [7 2 ] 9.6 3 g (yield: 9%). lH-NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, 5 ppm): 1 1 .63 (lH,d)-11.30 (lH,d)&gt; 8.64-8.6 3 (2H,m) » 7.60 (lH,d)&gt; 7.42-7.39 (3H,m) ' 7.29-7.27(2H,m) , 7.2 1 - 7 . 1 5 (3 H , m), 6 · 3 7 (1 H,d),4.4 9 - 4 · 4 6 (2 H , m),3 . 3 3 - 3 · 1 1 (2 H,m), 2.59-2.42 (lH,m),1.8 6- 1.45(2H,m),1.76- 1.70( 1 4H,m), 1.42 · 1.20 (6H, m). &lt;Synthesis Example 3 6 &gt; -68- 201241046 (E)-2,4-bis ((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-diox〇-l,3- represented by the following formula [74] Synthesis of dioxan-5-ylidene)methyl)amino)phenethyl 3-(4-([trans-l,l'-bi(cyclohexan)]-4-yl)phenyl)acrylate [Chemical 5 7]

在 200mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](2.84g、 20mmol) '及原甲酸三甲酯[2](40g),進行1小時加熱迴 流。之後,加入化合物[73](4.00g、9.0mmol),進一步進 行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,以蒸發器將溶劑除去、 乾燥而得到化合物[74]6.6g(收率99%)。 'H-NMR(400MHz,CDC13,5ppm) : 1 1.63(1 H,d) &gt; 1 1 .30(lH,d) &gt; 8.67-8.60(2H,m) - 7.60(lH,d),7.41-7.39 (3H,m) , 7.26-7.14(4H,m) , 6.36(lH,d) , 4_48(2H,t), 3‘12(2H,t),2.52-2.45(lH,m),1.9 1 - 1.70(24H,m), 1 .52-1 .0 1 (8H,m)。 &lt;合成例3 7 &gt; 下述式[76]所表示的(EidJ-bisUUJ-dimethylU-dioxo-l ,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methyl)amino)phenethyl 3-(4-(trans-4-pentylcyclohexyl)phenyl)acrylate 的合成 -69- 201241046In a 200 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [l] (2.84 g, 20 mmol) ' and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (40 g) were added, and the mixture was heated and refluxed for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [73] (4.00 g, 9.0 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to give 6.6 g of compound [74] (yield: 99%). 'H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, 5 ppm): 1 1.63 (1H, d) &gt; 1 1 .30 (lH, d) &gt; 8.67-8.60 (2H, m) - 7.60 (lH, d), 7.41 -7.39 (3H,m) , 7.26-7.14(4H,m) , 6.36(lH,d) , 4_48(2H,t), 3'12(2H,t),2.52-2.45(lH,m),1.9 1 - 1.70 (24H, m), 1. 52-1 .0 1 (8H, m). &lt;Synthesis Example 3 7 &gt; (EidJ-bisUUJ-dimethylU-dioxo-l, 3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methyl)amino)phenethyl 3-(4-(trans-4) represented by the following formula [76] Synthesis of -pentylcyclohexyl)phenyl)acrylate -69- 201241046

在300mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[〗](13.55g、 69.8mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](140g)’進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入化合物[75](13.79g、31.7mmol),進一 步進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後’以蒸發器將溶劑除 去、乾燥而得到化合物[76]22.4g(收率95%)。 'H-NMR(400MHz,CDC13,5ppm) : 11.63(lH,d) * 11.27(lH,d)» 8.68-8.5 7(2H,m) » 7.4 1 - 7.3 9 (3 Η, m) » 7.26-7. 1 4(4H,m) &gt; 6.3 6 (1 H, d ) » 4.4 8 (2 H, t) &gt; 3.80-3.76 (3H,m) , 3.48(2H,d) , 3.34(1 H,s) ’ 3. 12(2H,d) ’ 2.47(2H,t) « 1.86(6H,d)&gt; 1.7 7 - 1.6 8 (1 0 H , m) « 1.47-1.20 (10H,m),1.06-0.90(5H,m)。 &lt;合成例38&gt; 下述式[78]所表示的(E)-2,4-bis(((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-dioxo-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methyl)amino)phenethyl 3-(4-(trans-4-heptylcyclohexyl)phenyl)acrylate 的合成 -70- 201241046In a 300 mL four-necked flask, Michler's acid [13] (13.55 g, 69.8 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (140 g)' were added and heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [75] (13.79 g, 31.7 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to obtain 22.4 g of a compound [76] (yield: 95%). 'H-NMR (400MHz, CDC13, 5ppm): 11.63(lH,d) * 11.27(lH,d)» 8.68-8.5 7(2H,m) » 7.4 1 - 7.3 9 (3 Η, m) » 7.26- 7. 1 4(4H,m) &gt; 6.3 6 (1 H, d ) » 4.4 8 (2 H, t) &gt; 3.80-3.76 (3H,m) , 3.48(2H,d) , 3.34(1 H ,s) ' 3. 12(2H,d) ' 2.47(2H,t) « 1.86(6H,d)&gt; 1.7 7 - 1.6 8 (1 0 H , m) « 1.47-1.20 (10H,m), 1.06-0.90 (5H, m). &lt;Synthesis Example 38&gt; (E)-2,4-bis(((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-dioxo-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methyl) represented by the following formula [78] Synthesis of amino)phenethyl 3-(4-(trans-4-heptylcyclohexyl)phenyl)acrylate-70- 201241046

100mL 四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](3.43g、 23.8mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](50g),進行1小時加熱迴 流。之後,加入化合物[77](5.〇〇g、l〇.8mmol),進一步進 行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,以蒸發器將溶劑除去、 乾燥而得到化合物[78]8.3g(收率1〇〇%)。 1H-NMR(400MHz,CDC13,6ppm) : 1 1.64( 1 H,d)-1 1 .28( 1 H,d) * 8.70-8.63 (2H,m) « 7.61(lH,d) &gt; 7.45-7.40 (3H,m) - 7.27-7. 1 5(3H,m) &gt; 6.37(lH,d) &gt; 4.46(2H,t) · 3.60(2H,d),3.12(2H,t),2,34(lH,t),l_87(4H,d), 1.8 5- 1 .75 ( 1 5 H,m) - 1.4 2 - 1 . 3 8 (2 H, m) &gt; 1 . 3 3 - 1.2 6 ( 1 0 H -m),1.07- 1.02(2H,m),0_89(3H,t)。 &lt;合成例39&gt; 下述式[80]所表示的(E)-3,5-bis(((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-diox〇-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methyl)amino)benzyl 3-(4- (trans-4-pentylcyclohexyl)phenyl)acrylate 的合成 -71 - 201241046 【化6 0】In a 100 mL four-necked flask, Michleric acid [l] (3.43 g, 23.8 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (50 g) were added, and the mixture was heated and refluxed for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [77] (5. 〇〇g, 10 〇. 8 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to obtain 8.3 g (yield: 1%) of the compound [78]. 1H-NMR (400MHz, CDC13, 6ppm): 1 1.64( 1 H,d)-1 1 .28( 1 H,d) * 8.70-8.63 (2H,m) « 7.61(lH,d) &gt; 7.45- 7.40 (3H,m) - 7.27-7. 1 5(3H,m) &gt; 6.37(lH,d) &gt; 4.46(2H,t) · 3.60(2H,d),3.12(2H,t),2 , 34(lH,t),l_87(4H,d),1.8 5- 1 .75 ( 1 5 H,m) - 1.4 2 - 1 . 3 8 (2 H, m) &gt; 1 . 3 3 - 1.2 6 ( 1 0 H -m), 1.07- 1.02 (2H, m), 0_89 (3H, t). &lt;Synthesis Example 39&gt; (E)-3,5-bis ((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-diox〇-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene) represented by the following formula [80] Synthesis of methyl)amino)benzyl 3-(4-(trans-4-pentylcyclohexyl)phenyl)acrylate-71 - 201241046 [Chem. 6 0]

在300mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[l](11.31g、 7 8.5mmol)、 及原甲酸三甲酯[2](150g) ’進行1小時加熱 迴流。之後,加入化合物[79](15.0〇g、35.7mm〇i),進— 步進行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後’以蒸發器將溶劑除 去、乾燥而得到化合物[8〇]25.3g(收率99%)。 iH-NMRHOOMHz^DCHjppm) : 11.30(2H,d), 8.66(2H,d),7.74(lH,d),7.49(2H,d),7.26-7.19(4H,m) ’ 7.08(lH,d),6.49(lH,d),5.27(2H,s),2.49(lH,t), 1.93-1 .77(1 8H,m),1.65-0.87(14H,m)。 &lt;合成例40&gt; 下述式[82]所表示的(E)-3,5-bis(((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-dioxo-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methyl)amino)benzyl 3-(4-Mice acid [l] (11.31 g, 7 8.5 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (150 g) were added to a 300 mL four-necked flask and heated under reflux for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [79] (15.0 〇g, 35.7 mm〇i) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to obtain 25.3 g of a compound [8〇] (yield: 99%). iH-NMRHOOMHz^DCHjppm): 11.30(2H,d), 8.66(2H,d),7.74(lH,d),7.49(2H,d),7.26-7.19(4H,m) ' 7.08(lH,d) , 6.49 (lH, d), 5.27 (2H, s), 2.49 (lH, t), 1.93-1.77 (1 8H, m), 1.65-0.87 (14H, m). &lt;Synthesis Example 40&gt; (E)-3,5-bis(((2,2-dimethyl-4,6-dioxo-l,3-dioxan-5-ylidene)methyl) represented by the following formula [82] )amino)benzyl 3-(4-

(trans-4'-pentyl-[l,l'-bi(cyclohexan)]-4-yl)phenoxy) acrylate的合成 【化6 1 HZNSynthesis of (trans-4'-pentyl-[l,l'-bi(cyclohexan)]-4-yl)phenoxy) acrylate [Chemical 6 1 HZN

-72- 201241046 在200mL四口燒瓶中,加入米氏酸[i](i.83g ' 12.7mmol)、及原甲酸三甲酯[2](45g),進行1小時加熱迴 流。之後,加入化合物[81](3.00g、5.8mmol),進一步進 行2小時加熱迴流。反應完畢後,以蒸發器將溶劑除去、 乾燥而得到化合物[8 2 ] 4 · 8 g (收率1 〇 〇 %)。 W-NMRHOOMHz.CDCnjppm) : 11.27(2H,d), 8.64(2H,d),7.85(lH,d),7.21(2H,d),7.14(2H,d), 7.10-7.09(1 H,m) * 7.00-6·98(2H,m) , 5.57(lH,d), 5.19(2H,s),3.81(lH,s),3.47-3.46(lH,m),3.33(4H,s), 1.91 -1.72(20H,m),1.41-0.84(13H,m)。 [聚醯胺酸或.聚醯亞胺的合成及其溶液之作成] 下述所使用的縮寫如下。 (四羧酸二酐) CBDA: 1,2,3,4-環丁烷四竣酸二酐 BODA:雙環[3,3,0]辛烷_2,4,6,8-四羧酸二酐 【化6 2】-72-201241046 In a 200 mL four-necked flask, Mic acid [i] (i.83 g '12.7 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate [2] (45 g) were added, and the mixture was heated and refluxed for 1 hour. Thereafter, the compound [81] (3.00 g, 5.8 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator and dried to give the compound [8 2 ] 4 · 8 g (yield 1 〇 〇 %). W-NMRHOOMHz.CDCnjppm): 11.27(2H,d), 8.64(2H,d),7.85(lH,d),7.21(2H,d),7.14(2H,d), 7.10-7.09(1 H,m ) * 7.00-6·98(2H,m) , 5.57(lH,d), 5.19(2H,s),3.81(lH,s), 3.47-3.46(lH,m),3.33(4H,s), 1.91 -1.72 (20H, m), 1.41-0.84 (13H, m). [Synthesis of Polyamine or Polyimine and Preparation of Its Solution] The abbreviations used below are as follows. (tetracarboxylic dianhydride) CBDA: 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetraphthalic acid dianhydride BODA: bicyclo[3,3,0]octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic acid Anhydride [Chemical 6 2]

BODABODA

CBDA (二胺) p-PDA: p-苯二胺 DDM: 4,4,-二胺基二苯基甲烷 -73- 201241046 PCH7AB : 1,3-二胺基-4-〔 4-(反式-4-n-庚基環己基) 苯氧基〕苯CBDA (diamine) p-PDA: p-phenylenediamine DDM: 4,4,-diaminodiphenylmethane-73- 201241046 PCH7AB : 1,3-diamino-4-[4-(trans -4-n-heptylcyclohexyl)phenoxy]benzene

H2N V ▽ nh2 DDMH2N V ▽ nh2 DDM

【化6 3】 h2n-^^-nh2 p-PDA[6 3] h2n-^^-nh2 p-PDA

_(CH2)6CH3 (有機溶劑) NMP : N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 BCS : 丁基溶纖劑 (分子量的測定) 本實施例中,聚合物(聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺)之分子量 爲使用(股)Shodex公司製常溫膠體浸透層析(GPC)裝置 (GPC-101)、Shodex 公司製管柱(KD-8 03、KD-805)用以下 方式測定。_(CH2)6CH3 (organic solvent) NMP : N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone BCS : butyl cellosolve (measurement of molecular weight) In this example, the molecular weight of the polymer (polyproline, polyimine) is A room temperature colloidal soaking chromatography (GPC) apparatus (GPC-101) manufactured by Shodex Co., Ltd., and a pipe column (KD-8 03, KD-805) manufactured by Shodex Co., Ltd. were used in the following manner.

管柱溫度:50°C 溶離液:N,N -二甲基甲醯胺(作爲添加劑,溴化鋰-水合物(LiBr.H20)爲30mmol/L、磷酸·無水結晶(〇 -磷酸) 爲 30mmol/L、四氫咲喃(THF)爲 10ml/L) 流速:1 .OmL/分 檢量線作成用標準樣本:東曹公司製 TSK標準聚環 氧乙烷(分子量 約 900,000、1 50,000、1 00,000、 -74- 201241046 30,000)、及、Polymer Laboratories 公司製聚乙二醇(分 子量約 12,000 ' 4,000 ' 1,000) ° (醯亞胺化率的測定) 本實施例中,聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率如下進行測定。 將聚醯亞胺粉末約20mg放入NMR樣本管,添加重 氫化二甲基亞颯(DMSO-d6、0.05%TMS 混合品)約 0.53ml,施力卩超音波使完全溶解。使該溶液在NMR測定 裝置測定500MHz的質子NMR。醯亞胺化率爲以來自在 醯亞胺化前後無變化的構造之質子作爲基準質子而決定, 使用該質子的波峰累積値、與出現在lO.Oppm附近的來自 醯胺酸之NH基的質子波峰累積値用以下的式求出。又, 下述式中,X爲來自醯胺酸之NH基的質子波峰累積値、 y爲基準質子的波峰累積値、α爲聚醯胺酸(醯亞胺化率爲 〇%)之場合的相對一個醯胺酸之ΝΗ基質子的基準質子個 數比例。 醯亞胺化率(% ) = ( 1 - α · X / y ) X 1 〇 〇 &lt;聚醯胺酸(PAA-1)的合成及其溶液之製作&gt; 100mL 四口 燒瓶中’加入 DDM 7.93g(40mmol)、 NMP(20g)使溶解後,冷卻至約1〇。(:,加入 CBDA 7.46g(38mmol)之NMP(67g)漿料溶液,回復到室溫在氮環 境下進行6小時反應而得到聚醯胺酸(paa-1)之濃度15質 -75- 201241046 量%之溶液。 將該聚醯胺酸(PAA-1)之濃度15質量%之溶液88g移 至200mL三角燒瓶,加入NMP87.6g、BCS43.8g進行稀 釋而得到聚醯胺酸(pAA·1)爲6質量%、NMP爲74質量 %、BCS爲20質量%之聚醯胺酸(PAA-1)溶液。該聚醯胺 酸(PAA-1)之數平均分子量爲丨2,081、重量平均分子量爲 30,449 « &lt;聚醯胺酸(p AA-2)的合成及其溶液之製作&gt; 200mL 四口 燒瓶中,加入 P-PDA 8.65g(80mmol)、 NMP(49g)使溶解後,冷卻至約 l〇°C ’加入 CBDA 14.1g(72mmol)之NMP(80g)漿料溶液,回復到室溫在氮環 境下進行6小時反應而得到聚醯胺酸(PAA-2)之濃度15質 量%之溶液。 使該聚醯胺酸(PAA-2)之濃度15質量%之溶液125g 移至300mL三角燒瓶,加入NMP 118.5g、BCS 60.9g進 行稀釋而得到聚醯胺酸(PAA-2)爲6質量%、NMP爲74質 量%、BCS爲20質量%之聚醯胺酸(PAA-2)溶液。該聚醯 胺酸(PAA-2)之數平均分子量爲7,609、重量平均分子量爲 15,837 « &lt;聚醯胺酸(PAA-3)的合成及其溶液之製作&gt; 200mL 四口 燒瓶中,加入 p-PDA 8.05g(74mmol)、 PCH7AB 2.13g(5.6mmol)、NMP(118g),使溶解後,冷卻 -76- 201241046 至約 1 0°C,加入 CBDA 1 4.1 g(72mmol)之 NMP(1 00g)漿料 溶液,回復到室溫在氮環境下進行6小時反應而得到聚醯 胺酸(PAA-3)之濃度10質量%之溶液。 使該聚醯胺酸(PAA-3)之濃度10質量-%之溶液234g 移至3 00mL三角燒瓶,加入NMP 70.8g、BCS 76.2g進行 稀釋而得到聚醯胺酸(PAA-3)爲6質量%、NMP爲74質量 %、BCS爲20質量%之聚醯胺酸(PAA-3)溶液。該聚醯胺 酸(PAA-3)之數平均分子量爲6,092、重量平均分子量爲 12,002° &lt;可溶性聚醯亞胺(SPI-1)的合成及其溶液之製作&gt; 3 00mL 四口 燒瓶中,使 BODA(16.9g,68mmol)、 p-PDA(6.8g , 6 3 mmo 1) ' PCH7AB(10.3g , 27mmol)在 NMP(lOOg)中進行混合,在40°C進行3小時反應後,加入 CBDA(4.1g,21mmol)與 NMP(52g),在 40°C 進行 3 小時反 應而得到聚醯胺酸溶液。在該聚醯胺酸溶液(130g)中加入 NMP稀釋成6質量%後,加入作爲醯亞胺化觸媒的乙酸酐 (16g)、吡啶(12g),在80°C進行3.小時反應。將該反應溶 液投入甲醇(1.6L)中,濾取得到的沈澱物。使該沈澱物以 甲醇洗淨,在l〇〇°C減壓乾燥得到聚醯亞胺粉末(SPI-1)。 該聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率爲54%,數平均分子量爲1 8, 3 00、重量平均分子量爲45,300。該聚醯亞胺中之羧基 的量相對重複單元爲0.92個。 於上述得到的聚醯亞胺粉末(SP1-1 )(12.0g)中加入 -77- 201241046 NMP(98g)、BCS(90g),在80 °C進行40小時攪拌使溶解, 以製作可溶性聚醯亞胺(SP 1-1)溶液。 [聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液(液晶配向劑)之調製] &lt;實施例1〜9 &gt; 在上述所製作的聚醯胺酸(PAA-1)溶液(lO.Og)中,將 作爲上述式[A]所表示的化合物的上述合成例所作成的下 述表1記載之化合物各自以對聚醯胺酸(PAA-1)溶液之固 形分(亦即聚酿胺酸(PAA-1))成爲lOmol%之方式添加,至 成爲均勻溶液爲止在室溫(25 °C)進行攪拌,調製實施例1 〜9之聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液(機能性聚合物膜形成用 塗佈液)。 【表1】 聚醯胺酸 式[Α]所表示的化合物 實施例1 ΡΑΑ- 1 合成例4 [10] 實施例2 ΡΑΑ- 1 合成例5 [12】 實施例3 ΡΑΑ- 1 合成例6 [14】 θ施例4 ΡΑΑ- 1 合成例8 [1 8] _ ΪΓ施例5 ΡΑΑ- 1 合成例1 5 [3 2] 實施例6 ΡΑΑ- 1 合成例1 6 [3 4] 實施例7 ΡΑΑ- 1 合成例2 0 [4 2] Η施例8 ΡΑΑ- 1 合成例2 1 [4 4] 雛例9 ΡΑΑ- 1 合成例2 2 广[46] &lt;實施例10〜34&gt; 在上述所作成的聚醯胺酸(PAA-1)溶液(1〇,〇g)中,將 作爲上述式[A]所表示的化合物的上述合成例所作成的下 -78- 201241046 述表2記載之化合物,各自以相對聚醯胺酸(paA-1)溶液 之固形分(亦即聚醯胺酸(PAA-1))成爲下述表2記載之比 例之方式添加,至成爲均句溶液爲止,在室溫進行攪拌, 調製實施例1.0〜34之聚醢亞胺膜形成甩·塗佈液。 【表2】 聚醯胺酸 式[A]所表示的化合物 _ 添加量(wtJ!) 實施例1 0 PAA- 1 合成例2 2 [46] 1 實施例1 1 PAA- 1 合成例2 2 [4 6] 3 實施例1 2 PAA- 1 合成例2 2 [46] 5 實施例1 3 PAA- 1 合成例2 2 [4 6] 10 實施例1 4 PAA — 1 合成例2 2 [46] 2 0 實施例1 5 PAA- 1 合成例2 0 [4 2] 1 實施例1 6 PAA- 1 合成例2 0 [4 2] 3 實施例1 7 PAA- 1 合成例2 0 [4 2] 5 實施例1 8 PAA- 1 合成例2 0 [42] 10 實施例1 9 PAA - 1 合成例2 0 [4 2] 2 0 實施例2 0 PAA - 1 合成例2 1 [44] 1 實施例2 1 PAA-1 合成例2 1 [4 4] 3 實施例2 2 PAA- 1 合成例2 1 [44] 5 實施例2 3 PAA- 1 合成例2 1 [4 4] 10 實施例2 4 PAA- 1 合成例2 1 [4 4). 2 0 實施例2 5. PAA-1 . 合成例2 4. [5 0 ·} 1 實施例2 6 PAA- 1 合成例2 4 [5 0] 3 實施例2 7 PAA-1 合成例2 4 [5 0] 5 實施例2 8 PAA- 1 合成例2 4 [5 0] 10 實施例2 9 PAA- 1 合成例2 4 [5 0] 2 0 實施例3 0 PAA - 1 合成例2 6 [54] 1 實施例3 1 PAA- 1 合成例2 6 [5 4] 3 實施例3 2 PAA - 1 合成例2 6 [5 4] 5 實施例3 3 PAA- 1 合成例2 6 [5 4] 10 實施例3 4 PAA- 1 合成例2 6 [54] 2 0 -79 - 201241046 &lt;實施例35〜45 &gt; 上述所作成的聚醯胺酸(PAA-2)溶液(10.0g)中,將作 爲上述式[A]所表示的化合物的上述合成例所作成的下述 表3記載之化合物,各自以相對聚醯胺酸(PAA-2)溶液之 固形分(亦即聚醯胺酸(PAA-2))爲lOmol%之方式添加,至 成爲均勻溶液爲止,在室溫進行攪拌,調製實施例35〜 45的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液。 【表3】 聚醯胺酸 式[A]所表示的化合物 0施例3 5 PAA- 2 合成例4 [10] 實施例3 6 PAA- 2 合成例5 [12] 龍例3 7 PAA-2 合成例6 [14] 龍例3 8 PAA- 2 合成例8 [18] 苡施例3 9 PAA-2 合成例1 5 [3 2] 贲施例4 0 PAA- 2 合成例1 6 [34] Θ施例4 1 PAA-2 合成例2 0 [42] 龍例4 2 PAA- 2 合成例2 1 [4 4] 麵例4 3 PAA- 2 合成例2 2 [4 6] K施例4 4 PAA- 2 合成例2 5 [5 2] 簡例4 5 PAA- 2 合成例2 6 [5 4] &lt;實施例46〜59&gt; 上述所作成的聚醯胺酸(PAA-3)溶液(40.0g)中,將作 爲上述式[A]所表示的化合物的上述合成例所作成的下述 表4記載之化合物,各自以相對聚醯胺酸(PAA_3)溶液之 固形分(亦即聚醯胺酸(PAA-3))爲表4記載之質量%之方式 添加’至成爲均勻溶液爲止,在室溫進行攪拌,調製實施 例46〜59之聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液。 80 - 201241046 【表4】 聚醯胺酸 式[A]所表示的 化合物 添加量(W⑻ 實施例4 6 PAA- 3 [5 8] 5 實施例4 7 PAA- 3 [5 8] 10 實施例4 8 PAA- 3 [5.8] 2 0 實施例4 9 PAA- 3 [5 8] 3 0 實施例5 0 PAA- 3 [5 8] 5 0 實施例5 1 . PAA- 3 [5 8] 7 0 實施例5 2 PAA-3 [5 8] 10 0 實施例5 3 PAA-3 [60] 5 實施例5 4 PAA- 3 [6 0] 10 實施例5 5 PAA-3 [6 0] 2 0 實施例5 6 PAA-3 [60] 3 0 實施例5 7 P AA- 3 [6 0] 5 0 實施例5 8 PAA- 3 [60] 7 0 實施例5 9 P AA- 3 [6 0] 10 0 &lt;實施例60〜62&gt; 上述所製作的聚醯胺酸(PAA-2)溶液(70.0g)中,將作 爲上述式[A]所表示的化合物的上述合成例所作成的下述 表5記載之化合物,各自以相對聚醯胺酸(PAA-2)溶液之 固形分(亦即聚醯胺酸(PAA-2))爲下述表5記載之比例之 方式添加,至成爲均勻溶液爲止,在室溫進行攪拌,調製 實施例60〜62的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液。 【表5】 聚醢胺酸 式[A]所表示的化合物 種類 添加量(wt!K) 實施例6 0 PAA-2 合成例2 1 [44] 10 實施例6 1 PAA- 2 合成例2 1 [4 4] 15 mm 6 2 PAA-2 合成例2 1 [44] 2 0 -81 - 201241046 〈實施例63〜76&gt; 上述所作成的可溶性聚醯亞胺(SPI-1)溶液(1〇.〇g) 中’將作爲上述式[A]所表示的化合物的上述合成例所作 成的下述表6記載之化合物各自以相對可溶性聚醯亞胺 (SPI-1)溶液之固形分(亦即可溶性聚醯亞胺爲下述 表6記載之比例之方式添加,至成爲均勻溶液爲止,在室 溫進行攪拌,調製實施例63〜76之聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗 佈液。 【表6】 可溶性聚醯亞胺 式[Α]所表示的化合物 種類 添加量(Wti!) Η施例6 3 SP I - 1 合成例4 [10] 10 Η施例6 4 SP I - 1 合成例5 [12] 10 S施例6 5 SP I - 1 合成例6 [14】 10 0施例6 6 SP I - 1 合成例8 [18] 10 Κ施例6 7 S Ρ I - 1 合成例1 2 [2 6】 10 龍例6 8 SP I - 1 合成例1 5 [3 2] 10 龍例6 9 .SPI -1 合成例1 6 [3 4] 10 S施例7 0 SP I - 1 合成例2 0 [4 2】 10 S施例7 1 S Ρ I - 1 合成例2 1 [44] 10 苡施例7 2 S Ρ I - 1 合成例2 2 [4 6] 10 例 7 3 SP I - 1 合成例2 8 [5 8】 5 龍例7 4 SP I - 1 合成例2 8 [5 8] 10 Η施例7 5 SP I - 1 合成例2 8 [5 8] 3 0 龍例7 6 SP I - 1 合成例2 8 Γ [5 8] 5 0 &lt;實施例77〜86及比較例1&gt;[交聯效果確認試驗(Stripping Test)] 將上述實施例63〜72的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液在 82 - 201241046 矽晶圓進行旋轉塗佈(25 00rpm/30秒),在23 0°C的加熱板 上進行30分鐘燒成,形成塗膜[al]。將得到的塗膜[al]膜 厚以(股)小坂硏究所公司製SURFCORDER ET4000M進行 測定。接著,將形成有塗膜[al]的矽晶圓再度設置於旋轉 塗佈機,將NMP滴下至全面覆蓋矽晶圓爲止,靜置60秒 後,使NMP進行旋轉乾燥( 1 5 00rpm/30秒),在100°C的加 熱板上進行30秒鐘燒成,使殘膜作爲塗膜[a2]。將該塗 膜[a2]之膜厚再度測定,用以下的計算式算出殘膜率。 又,作爲比較例1,亦對上述所作成的可溶性聚醯亞胺 (SPI-1)溶液,亦即未含上述式[A]所表示的化合物之可溶 性聚醯亞胺溶液進行同樣之操作,算出殘膜率。結果如表 7所示。Column temperature: 50 ° C Dissolution: N,N-dimethylformamide (as an additive, lithium bromide-hydrate (LiBr.H20) is 30 mmol/L, phosphoric acid·anhydrous crystal (〇-phosphoric acid) is 30 mmol/ L, tetrahydrofuran (THF) is 10ml / L) Flow rate: 1.0 mL / minute calibration line standard sample: TSK standard polyethylene oxide manufactured by Tosoh Corporation (molecular weight of about 900,000, 1 50,000, 1 00,000 , -74- 201241046 30,000), and Polyethylene glycol (molecular weight of about 12,000 ' 4,000 ' 1,000) ° manufactured by Polymer Laboratories Co., Ltd. (Measurement of yttrium imidation ratio) In this example, quinone imine of polybendimimine The rate of measurement was measured as follows. About 20 mg of polyimine powder was placed in an NMR sample tube, and about 0.53 ml of dimethyl hydrazine (DMSO-d6, 0.05% TMS mixture) was added thereto, and the ultrasonic wave was applied to dissolve completely. This solution was measured for proton NMR at 500 MHz in an NMR measuring apparatus. The ruthenium imidation ratio is determined by using a proton derived from a structure which does not change before and after imidization as a reference proton, and the peak of the proton is used to accumulate 质, and the proton of the NH group derived from methionine which is present near 10 ppm. The peak accumulation is obtained by the following equation. Further, in the following formula, X is a proton peak accumulation NH from the NH group of valine acid, y is a peak accumulation 値 of the reference proton, and α is a poly-proline (the yttrium imidation ratio is 〇%). The ratio of the number of reference protons relative to a substrate of proline. Ruthenium amination rate (%) = ( 1 - α · X / y ) X 1 〇〇 &lt;Synthesis of polyaminic acid (PAA-1) and preparation of its solution&gt; 'Addition of DDM in a 100 mL four-necked flask 7.93 g (40 mmol) and NMP (20 g) were dissolved and cooled to about 1 Torr. (:, adding 7.46 g (38 mmol) of NB (67 g) slurry solution of CBDA, and returning to room temperature for 6 hours under nitrogen to obtain a concentration of poly-proline (paa-1). 15 -75 - 201241046 A solution of the amount of the polyaminic acid (PAA-1) at a concentration of 15% by mass was transferred to a 200 mL Erlenmeyer flask, and NMP 87.6 g and BCS 43.8 g were added for dilution to obtain a poly-proline (pAA·1). a polyamine acid (PAA-1) solution having 6 mass%, NMP of 74 mass%, and BCS of 20 mass%. The number average molecular weight of the polyglycine (PAA-1) is 丨2,081, weight average molecular weight For the synthesis of 30,449 « &lt;polyproline (p AA-2) and its solution&gt; P-PDA 8.65g (80mmol) and NMP (49g) were dissolved in a 200mL four-necked flask, and then cooled to A solution of CBDA 14.1 g (72 mmol) of NMP (80 g) was added to about 10 ° C., and the reaction was carried out for 6 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature to obtain a concentration of polyamine acid (PAA-2) of 15% by mass. 125 g of a solution of the polyamine acid (PAA-2) concentration of 15% by mass was transferred to a 300 mL Erlenmeyer flask, and 118.5 g of NMP and 60.9 g of BCS were added to be diluted to obtain a polylysine. PAA-2) is a polyglycine (PAA-2) solution having 6% by mass, NMP of 74% by mass, and BCS of 20% by mass. The polyammonic acid (PAA-2) has a number average molecular weight of 7,609 and a weight. The average molecular weight is 15,837 « &lt;Synthesis of polyaminic acid (PAA-3) and preparation of its solution&gt; In a 200 mL four-necked flask, p-PDA 8.05 g (74 mmol), PCH7AB 2.13 g (5.6 mmol), NMP were added. (118g), after dissolving, cooling -76-201241046 to about 10 °C, adding CBDA 1 4.1 g (72 mmol) of NMP (100 g) slurry solution, returning to room temperature and reacting under nitrogen for 6 hours. A solution having a concentration of polyamine acid (PAA-3) of 10% by mass was obtained. 234 g of a solution of the polyglycine (PAA-3) concentration of 10% by mass was transferred to a 300 mL Erlenmeyer flask, and NMP 70.8 g was added. BCS 76.2g was diluted to obtain a polylysine (PAA-3) solution in which polyamic acid (PAA-3) was 6 mass%, NMP was 74 mass%, and BCS was 20 mass%. (PAA-3) has an average molecular weight of 6,092 and a weight average molecular weight of 12,002 ° &lt;Synthesis of soluble polyimine (SPI-1) and preparation of its solution&gt; in a 300 mL four-necked flask, BODA ( 16.9 g, 68 mmol), p-PDA (6.8 g, 6 3 mmo 1) 'PCH7AB (10.3 g, 27 mmol) was mixed in NMP (100 g), and after reacting at 40 ° C for 3 hours, CBDA (4.1 g) was added. 21 mmol) and NMP (52 g) were reacted at 40 ° C for 3 hours to obtain a polyaminic acid solution. After adding NMP to the polyamic acid solution (130 g) and diluting it to 6 mass%, acetic anhydride (16 g) and pyridine (12 g) as a ruthenium amide catalyst were added, and the reaction was carried out at 80 ° C for 3 hours. The reaction solution was poured into methanol (1.6 L), and the obtained precipitate was filtered. The precipitate was washed with methanol, and dried under reduced pressure at 10 ° C to obtain a polyimine powder (SPI-1). The polyamidimide had a ruthenium iodide ratio of 54%, a number average molecular weight of 1,800, and a weight average molecular weight of 45,300. The amount of the carboxyl group in the polyimine was 0.92 with respect to the repeating unit. To the polyimine powder (SP1-1) (12.0 g) obtained above, -77-201241046 NMP (98 g) and BCS (90 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C for 40 hours to dissolve to prepare a soluble polyfluorene. Imine (SP 1-1) solution. [Preparation of coating liquid for forming polyimine film (liquid crystal alignment agent)] &lt;Examples 1 to 9 &gt; In the polyacrylic acid (PAA-1) solution (10.Og) produced as described above, Each of the compounds described in the following Table 1 prepared as the above-mentioned synthesis example of the compound represented by the above formula [A] is a solid fraction of a polyacrylic acid (PAA-1) solution (that is, polylactoic acid (PAA). -1)) A coating liquid for forming a polyimine film of Examples 1 to 9 (functional polymer film) was added at a temperature of room temperature (25 ° C) until it became a homogeneous solution. A coating liquid for formation). [Table 1] Compound represented by polyglycine formula [Α] Example 1 ΡΑΑ-1 Synthesis Example 4 [10] Example 2 ΡΑΑ-1 Synthesis Example 5 [12] Example 3 ΡΑΑ-1 Synthesis Example 6 [ 14] θ Example 4 ΡΑΑ-1 Synthesis Example 8 [1 8] _ ΪΓ Example 5 ΡΑΑ-1 Synthesis Example 1 5 [3 2] Example 6 ΡΑΑ-1 Synthesis Example 1 6 [3 4] Example 7 ΡΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 2 0 [4 2] Example 8 ΡΑΑ-1 Synthesis Example 2 1 [4 4] Case 9 ΡΑΑ-1 Synthesis Example 2 2 [46] &lt;Examples 10 to 34&gt; The compound described in Table 2 below, which is prepared as the above-mentioned synthesis example of the compound represented by the above formula [A], in the poly-proline (PAA-1) solution (1, 〇g). Each of them is added in such a manner that the solid content of the poly-proline (paA-1) solution (i.e., polyamine acid (PAA-1)) is in the ratio described in Table 2 below, until it becomes a homogenous solution. The mixture was stirred at room temperature to prepare a polyimide film of Examples 1.0 to 34 to form a ruthenium coating liquid. [Table 2] Polyampamic acid compound represented by the formula [A] _ addition amount (wtJ!) Example 1 0 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 2 [46] 1 Example 1 1 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 2 [ 4 6] 3 Example 1 2 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 2 [46] 5 Example 1 3 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 2 [4 6] 10 Example 1 4 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 2 [46] 2 0 Example 1 5 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 0 [4 2] 1 Example 1 6 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 0 [4 2] 3 Example 1 7 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 0 [4 2] 5 Implementation Example 1 8 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 0 [42] 10 Example 1 9 PAA - 1 Synthesis Example 2 0 [4 2] 2 0 Example 2 0 PAA - 1 Synthesis Example 2 1 [44] 1 Example 2 1 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 1 [4 4] 3 Example 2 2 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 1 [44] 5 Example 2 3 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 1 [4 4] 10 Example 2 4 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 1 [4 4]. 2 0 Example 2 5. PAA-1. Synthesis Example 2 4. [5 0 ·} 1 Example 2 6 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 4 [5 0] 3 Example 2 7 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 4 [5 0] 5 Example 2 8 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 4 [5 0] 10 Example 2 9 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 4 [5 0] 2 0 Example 3 0 PAA - 1 Synthesis Example 2 6 [54] 1 Example 3 1 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 6 [5 4] 3 Example 3 2 PAA - 1 Synthesis Example 2 6 [5 4] 5 Example 3 3 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 6 [5 4] 10 Example 3 4 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 2 6 [ 54] 2 0 -79 - 201241046 &lt;Examples 35 to 45 &gt; The above-mentioned poly-proline (PAA-2) solution (10.0 g) was prepared as the compound represented by the above formula [A] The compounds described in the following Table 3, which were prepared in the synthesis examples, were each added in a form of a solid content (i.e., polyamic acid (PAA-2)) relative to a polyacrylic acid (PAA-2) solution to 10 mol%. The coating liquid for forming a polyimine film of Examples 35 to 45 was prepared by stirring at room temperature until it became a homogeneous solution. [Table 3] Polyamine derivative compound represented by the formula [A] Example 3 5 PAA-2 Synthesis Example 4 [10] Example 3 6 PAA-2 Synthesis Example 5 [12] Dragon Case 3 7 PAA-2 Synthesis Example 6 [14] Dragon Example 3 8 PAA-2 Synthesis Example 8 [18] Example 3 9 PAA-2 Synthesis Example 1 5 [3 2] Example 4 0 PAA-2 Synthesis Example 1 6 [34] Example 4 1 PAA-2 Synthesis Example 2 0 [42] Dragon Case 4 2 PAA-2 Synthesis Example 2 1 [4 4] Surface Example 4 3 PAA-2 Synthesis Example 2 2 [4 6] K Example 4 4 PAA-2 Synthesis Example 2 5 [5 2] Brief Example 4 5 PAA-2 Synthesis Example 2 6 [5 4] &lt;Examples 46 to 59&gt; The above-prepared polylysine (PAA-3) solution (40.0) In the g), the compounds described in the following Table 4, which are the above-mentioned synthesis examples of the compound represented by the above formula [A], each having a solid content (i.e., polyamine) relative to a polyacrylic acid (PAA_3) solution The acid (PAA-3)) was added to a homogeneous solution as shown in Table 4, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature to prepare a coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of Examples 46 to 59. 80 - 201241046 [Table 4] The amount of the compound represented by the polyglycolic acid formula [A] (W (8) Example 4 6 PAA-3 [5 8] 5 Example 4 7 PAA-3 [5 8] 10 Example 4 8 PAA- 3 [5.8] 2 0 Example 4 9 PAA- 3 [5 8] 3 0 Example 5 0 PAA- 3 [5 8] 5 0 Example 5 1 . PAA- 3 [5 8] 7 0 Implementation Example 5 2 PAA-3 [5 8] 10 0 Example 5 3 PAA-3 [60] 5 Example 5 4 PAA-3 [6 0] 10 Example 5 5 PAA-3 [6 0] 2 0 Example 5 6 PAA-3 [60] 3 0 Example 5 7 P AA- 3 [6 0] 5 0 Example 5 8 PAA- 3 [60] 7 0 Example 5 9 P AA- 3 [6 0] 10 0 &lt;Examples 60 to 62&gt; The following synthesis examples of the above-mentioned synthesis examples of the compound represented by the above formula [A] were carried out in the polyplysine (PAA-2) solution (70.0 g) produced above. The compounds described are each added in a ratio relative to the solid content of the polyamido acid (PAA-2) solution (that is, polyglycine (PAA-2)) as shown in the following Table 5, until a homogeneous solution is obtained. The mixture was stirred at room temperature to prepare a coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of Examples 60 to 62. [Table 5] Polyamine derivative [A] Compound type addition amount (wt! K) Example 6 0 PAA-2 Synthesis Example 2 1 [44] 10 Example 6 1 PAA-2 Synthesis Example 2 1 [4 4] 15 mm 6 2 PAA-2 Synthesis Example 2 1 [44] 2 0 -81 - 201241046 <Examples 63 to 76> The above-prepared soluble polyimine (SPI-1) solution (1〇.〇g) will be expressed as the above formula [A] The compounds of the following Table 6 prepared by the above-mentioned synthesis examples are each in a solid form of a solution of a relatively soluble polyimine (SPI-1) (that is, the soluble polyimine is in the ratio shown in Table 6 below). In the manner of adding a homogeneous solution, the coating liquid for forming a polyimine film of Examples 63 to 76 was prepared by stirring at room temperature. [Table 6] A compound represented by a soluble polyimine type [Α] Type addition amount (Wti!) Example 6 3 SP I - 1 Synthesis Example 4 [10] 10 Example 6 4 SP I - 1 Synthesis Example 5 [12] 10 S Example 6 5 SP I - 1 Synthesis Example 6 [14] 10 0 Example 6 6 SP I - 1 Synthesis Example 8 [18] 10 Κ Example 6 7 S Ρ I - 1 Synthesis Example 1 2 [2 6] 10 Dragon Example 6 8 SP I - 1 Synthesis Example 1 5 [3 2] 10 Dragon Case 6 9 .SPI -1 Synthesis Example 1 6 [3 4] 10 S Example 7 0 SP I - 1 Synthesis Example 2 0 [4 2] 10 S Example 7 1 S Ρ I - 1 Synthesis Example 2 1 [44] 10 Example 7 2 S Ρ I - 1 Synthesis Example 2 2 [4 6] 10 cases 7 3 SP I - 1 Synthesis Example 2 8 [5 8] 5 Dragon Example 7 4 SP I - 1 Synthesis Example 2 8 [5 8] 10 Η Example 7 5 SP I - 1 Synthesis Example 2 8 [5 8] 3 0 Dragon Example 7 6 SP I - 1 Synthesis Example 2 8 Γ [5 8] 5 0 &lt;Examples 77 to 86 and Comparative Example 1&gt; [Crosslinking Effect Confirmation Test (Stripping Test)] The coating liquid for forming a polyimine film of the above Examples 63 to 72 was spin-coated (25 00 rpm / 30 seconds) on a 82 - 201241046 矽 wafer, and baked on a hot plate at 23 ° C for 30 minutes. Form, forming a coating film [al]. The film thickness of the obtained coating film [al] was measured by SURFCORDER ET4000M manufactured by Nippon Scientific Co., Ltd. Next, the tantalum wafer on which the coating film [al] was formed was again placed in a spin coater, and the NMP was dropped until the entire wafer was covered, and after standing for 60 seconds, the NMP was spin-dried (1 500 rpm/30). In seconds, the film was fired on a hot plate at 100 ° C for 30 seconds to form a residual film as a coating film [a2]. The film thickness of the coating film [a2] was measured again, and the residual film ratio was calculated by the following calculation formula. Further, as Comparative Example 1, the same operation was carried out on the soluble polyimine (SPI-1) solution prepared as described above, that is, the soluble polyimine solution containing no compound represented by the above formula [A]. Calculate the residual film rate. The results are shown in Table 7.

殘膜率(%) =塗膜[a2]之膜厚/塗膜[al]之膜厚xlOO 該結果確認使用添加上述式[A]所表示的化合物的聚 醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液(液晶配向處理劑),可使塗膜(聚 醯亞胺膜)之溶劑耐性改善。因此,推測可溶性聚醯亞胺 爲經上述式[A ]所表示的化合物而交聯者。進一步,確認 藉由適當選擇添加之上述式[A]所表示的二官能化合物, 可使塗膜之溶解性較自由地控制。 又,同樣地使用實施例1〜62及實施例73〜76之聚 醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液形成塗膜而進行Stripping Test , 各自與不添加上述式[A]所表示的化合物者比較,確認殘 • 83 - 201241046 膜率變高,藉由使用添加上述式[A]所表示的化合物的聚 醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液,可使聚醯亞胺膜之溶劑耐性改 善。 【表7】 聚継成用塗佈液 塗膜[all Φ 娜Μ 塗膜[a2】Ό 膜厚(DO) 殘膜率 {%) 實施例編號 式[A]所表示的化雜 實施例7 7 實施例6 3 合成例4 【10] 18 0 143 7 9.4 實施例7 8 實施例6 4 合成例5 _ [12]. 184 14 7 79. 9 實施例7 9 S施例6 5 合成例6 [14] 16 0 15 1 94. 2 實施例8 0 實施例6 6 合成例8 [18】 16 5 152 9 2· 1 實施例8 1 實施例6 7 合成例1 2 【26] 14 9 14 0 94. 6 實施例8 2 實施例6 8 合成例1 5 13 2] 1 24 6 9 5 5.7 實施例8 3 實施例6 9 合成例1 6 [3 4] 16 4 10 2 6 2.2 實施例8 4 實施例7 0 合成例2 0 【4 2) 17 7 111 6 2.7 實施例8 5 實施例7 1 合成例2 1 [44】 17 0 10 4 6 1:2 實施例8 6 S施例7 2 合成例2 2 [4 6] 17 3 113 6 5.3 比較例1 一 無 15 1 0 無殘膜 [液晶配向膜及液晶晶胞之製作] 使用上述各實施例所調製的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液 (液晶配向劑),如以下製作液晶晶胞。 將聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液(液晶配向劑)在玻璃基板 或附ITO透明電極的玻璃基板進行旋轉塗佈,在80°c的 加熱板上進行70秒鐘乾燥後’以特定燒成條件,形成膜 厚1 OOnm的塗膜。 之後,關於經摩擦的液晶配向處理,係使該塗膜面以 輥徑1 20mm的摩擦裝置,使用人造絲布,以特定的摩擦 條件進行摩擦,而得到附液晶配向膜的基板。關於經光之 液晶配向處理,係藉由在該塗膜面使直線偏光UV光線 (UV波長313nm、照射強度8.0mW/cnr2)在曝光量OmJ〜 -84- 201241046 1 000mJ間變化,以對板之法線傾斜40°照射進行。又,直 線偏光UV係由高壓水銀燈之紫外光通過3 1 3nm的帶通濾 波器後、通過313nm的偏光板所調製的。 準備如.此經進行液晶配向處理的附液晶配向膜的基板 2片,在其中1片的液晶配向膜面上散佈6μπι的間隔件 後,從其上印刷密封劑,將另1片基板以液晶配向膜面相 向、摩擦方向相互平行之方式進行貼合(反平行液晶晶 胞、實施例87〜1 1 6)、或直行之方式貼合(扭轉向列型液 晶晶胞、實施例1 5 5〜1 7 9、實施例2 9 6〜3 1 5、實施例 3 1 6〜32 1 )、或者、對照射UV者,以照射偏光方向成爲 平行之方式進行貼合(垂直配向模式用反平行液晶晶胞、 實施例180〜182、183〜294),使密封劑硬化而製作空晶 胞。於該空晶胞以減壓注入法,在反平行液晶晶胞中注入 液晶MLC-2003(Merck公司製)、在扭轉向列型液晶晶胞 中注入有手性分子的液晶MLC-2003(Merck公司製),在 垂直配向模式用反平行液晶晶胞中注入液晶 MLC-6608(Merck公司製)’使注入口封閉而得到各個液晶晶 胞。 [液晶晶胞之評估] 製作的各液晶晶胞之物性的測定、及特性之評估的方 法如下。又’一倂表示各測定、評估中作成的液晶配向膜 或液晶晶胞之基板、燒成條件及摩擦條件。 -85- 201241046 &lt;實施例8 7〜11 6及比較例2〜4&gt;&lt;液晶配向性評估&gt; 將使用表8所示各實施例所調製的聚醯亞胺膜形成用 塗佈液作成的液晶晶胞以偏光板挾持’在由後部照射背光 的狀態,使液晶晶胞旋轉,以目視觀察明暗變化或有無流 動配向及液晶是否配向。此時用下述之基準進行評估。 又,液晶配向性評估用所作成的液晶晶胞,係使用玻璃基 板作爲基板,聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液之塗膜燒成條件爲 在加熱至23 0°C的加熱板上進行30分鐘燒成,摩擦條件爲 輥旋轉數3 00rpm、輥進行速度50mm/sec、壓入量0.15mm 而製作。又,一倂調整上述式[A]所表示的化合物或未添 加交聯劑者(比較例2)、及作爲一般的市售交聯劑添加下 述交聯劑的塗佈液(比較例3或比較例4),比較效果。結 果如表8所示。 評估基準 ◎:可確認液晶的配向且無流動配向 〇 :液晶進行配向,但觀察到若干流動配向 X :液晶雖配向但觀察到許多流動配向 【化6 4】Residual film rate (%) = film thickness of the coating film [a2] / film thickness of the coating film [al] xlOO This result confirmed that the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film using the compound represented by the above formula [A] was used. (Liquid crystal alignment treatment agent), the solvent resistance of the coating film (polyimine film) can be improved. Therefore, it is presumed that the soluble polyimine is a compound which is crosslinked by the compound represented by the above formula [A]. Further, it was confirmed that the solubility of the coating film can be controlled more freely by appropriately selecting the difunctional compound represented by the above formula [A]. In the same manner, a coating film was formed using the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of Examples 1 to 62 and Examples 73 to 76, and a stripping test was performed, and each of them was compared with the case where the compound represented by the above formula [A] was not added. It is confirmed that the film rate is high, and the solvent resistance of the polyimide film can be improved by using the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film formed by adding the compound represented by the above formula [A]. [Table 7] Coating film for coating liquid [all Φ Na Na coating film [a2] 膜 film thickness (DO) residual film rate {%) Example No. 7 shown in Example No. [A] Example 6 3 Synthesis Example 4 [10] 18 0 143 7 9.4 Example 7 8 Example 6 4 Synthesis Example 5 _ [12]. 184 14 7 79. 9 Example 7 9 S Example 6 5 Synthesis Example 6 [ 14] 16 0 15 1 94. 2 Example 8 0 Example 6 6 Synthesis Example 8 [18] 16 5 152 9 2· 1 Example 8 1 Example 6 7 Synthesis Example 1 2 [26] 14 9 14 0 94 6 Example 8 2 Example 6 8 Synthesis Example 1 5 13 2] 1 24 6 9 5 5.7 Example 8 3 Example 6 9 Synthesis Example 1 6 [3 4] 16 4 10 2 6 2.2 Example 8 4 Implementation Example 7 0 Synthesis Example 2 0 [4 2] 17 7 111 6 2.7 Example 8 5 Example 7 1 Synthesis Example 2 1 [44] 17 0 10 4 6 1:2 Example 8 6 S Example 7 2 Synthesis Example 2 2 [4 6] 17 3 113 6 5.3 Comparative Example 1 None 15 1 0 No residual film [Production of liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal cell] Coating for forming a polyimide film prepared by the above respective examples Liquid (liquid crystal alignment agent), a liquid crystal cell was produced as follows. The coating liquid for forming a polyimide film (liquid crystal alignment agent) was spin-coated on a glass substrate or a glass substrate with an ITO transparent electrode, and dried on a hot plate at 80° C. for 70 seconds. Under conditions, a coating film having a film thickness of 100 nm was formed. Then, regarding the rubbed liquid crystal alignment treatment, the coated film surface was rubbed with a rayon cloth using a rayon cloth with a roll diameter of 1 mm to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film. The liquid crystal alignment treatment of the light is performed by changing the linearly polarized UV light (UV wavelength 313 nm, irradiation intensity 8.0 mW/cnr2) between the exposure amount OmJ to -84-201241046 1 000 mJ on the surface of the coating film. The normal is tilted by 40°. Further, the linear polarized UV system was prepared by passing the ultraviolet light of the high pressure mercury lamp through a bandpass filter of 313 nm through a polarizing plate of 313 nm. Prepare two sheets of the substrate with the liquid crystal alignment film subjected to the liquid crystal alignment treatment, and spread a spacer of 6 μm on one of the liquid crystal alignment film surfaces, and then print the sealant thereon, and the other substrate is made of liquid crystal. The alignment film faces and the rubbing directions are parallel to each other (anti-parallel liquid crystal cells, Examples 87 to 116), or straight-line bonding (twisted nematic liquid crystal cell, Example 155) ~1 7 9、Example 2 9 6~3 1 5、Example 3 1 6~32 1 ), or, for UV irradiation, the polarized light is aligned in parallel (the vertical alignment mode is anti-parallel) The liquid crystal cell, Examples 180 to 182, and 183 to 294) hardened the sealant to prepare an empty unit cell. In the empty cell, a liquid crystal MLC-2003 (manufactured by Merck) was injected into the antiparallel liquid crystal cell, and a chiral molecule liquid crystal MLC-2003 (Merck) was injected into the twisted nematic liquid crystal cell. In the vertical alignment mode, liquid crystal MLC-6608 (manufactured by Merck) was injected into the anti-parallel liquid crystal cell in the vertical alignment mode to close the injection port to obtain each liquid crystal cell. [Evaluation of Liquid Crystal Cell] The method for measuring the physical properties of each liquid crystal cell produced and evaluating the characteristics are as follows. Further, the substrate of the liquid crystal alignment film or the liquid crystal cell prepared in each measurement and evaluation, the firing conditions, and the rubbing conditions are shown. -85-201241046 &lt;Example 8 7 to 11 6 and Comparative Examples 2 to 4&gt;&lt;Liquid alignment property evaluation&gt; The coating liquid for forming a polyimide film prepared in each of the examples shown in Table 8 was used. The formed liquid crystal cell is held by a polarizing plate. The liquid crystal cell is rotated in a state where the backlight is irradiated from the rear portion, and the light and dark changes or the presence or absence of the flow alignment and the alignment of the liquid crystal are visually observed. At this time, the evaluation was performed using the following criteria. Further, in the liquid crystal cell for liquid crystal alignment evaluation, a glass substrate was used as the substrate, and the coating film for the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film was baked on a hot plate heated to 23 ° C. The firing was carried out for 30 minutes, and the rubbing conditions were produced by a number of rolls of 300 rpm, a roll speed of 50 mm/sec, and a press-in amount of 0.15 mm. Further, the compound represented by the above formula [A] or the non-added cross-linking agent (Comparative Example 2) and the coating liquid obtained by adding the following cross-linking agent as a general commercial cross-linking agent were compared (Comparative Example 3) Or Comparative Example 4), compare the effects. The results are shown in Table 8. Evaluation criteria ◎: The alignment of the liquid crystal was confirmed and there was no flow alignment. 〇 : The liquid crystal was aligned, but some flow alignment was observed. X: Although the liquid crystal was aligned, many flow alignments were observed. [Chem. 6 4]

交聯劑-1 交聯劑-2 該結果確認如比較例3及比較例4,使用市售交聯劑 $場合,一般有液晶的配向性易受阻礙的傾向,但使用添 加1本發明的式[Α]所表示的化合物的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗 -86- 201241046 佈液之場合,不阻礙液晶的配向性’且因場合亦可確認到 配向性提升。 【表8】Crosslinking agent-1 Crosslinking agent-2 As a result, it was confirmed that, in the case of using the commercially available crosslinking agent in Comparative Example 3 and Comparative Example 4, the alignment property of the liquid crystal is generally hindered, but the addition of 1 of the present invention is used. When the polyimine film for forming a compound represented by the formula [Α] is coated with the coating liquid-86-201241046, the alignment property of the liquid crystal is not inhibited, and the alignment property is also confirmed to be improved. [Table 8]

聚醯碰膜形成用塗佈液 評估 結果 實施例編號 聚醯胺酸 式[A]所表示的化合物 觀 添加量 實施例8 7 實施例1 PAA-1 [10】 1Omo1 % 〇 實施例8 8 實施例2 PAA- 1 [12] 1Omo1 % 〇 實施例8 9 實施例3 PAA- 1 [14] 1Omo1 % 〇 實施例9 0 實施例4 PAA- 1 [18] 1Omo 1 % ◎ 實施例9 1 實施例5 PAA-1 [3 2】 1Omo 1 % 〇 實施例9 2 實施例6 PAA- 1 [34] 1Omo 1 % ◎ 實施例9 3 實施例7 PAA-1 [4 2] 1Omo 1 % 〇 實施例9 4 實施例8 PAA- 1 [44] 1Omo 1 % 〇 實施例9 5 實施例9 PAA- 1 [4 6] 1Omo1 % ◎ 實施例9 6 實施例1 0 PAA- 1 [4 6] 1 w t % ◎ 實施例9 7 實施例1 1 PAA-1 [46] 3 w t % ◎ 實施例9 8 實施例1 2 PAA- 1 [4 6] 5 w t % ◎ 實施例9 9 實施例1 3 PAA- 1 [4 6] 1 0 w t % ◎ 實施例10 0 實施例1 4 PAA- 1 [46】 2 Owt % ◎ 實施例1〇1 實施例1 5 PAA-1 [4 2] 1 w t % 〇 實施例10 2 實施例1 6 P AA - 1 [4 2] 3 w t % 〇 實施例10 3 實施例1 7 PAA — 1 [4 2] 5 w t % 〇 實施例10 4 實施例1 8 PAA- 1 [4 2] 1 0 w t % 〇 實施例10 5 實施例2 0 PAA- 1 [4 4] 1 w t % 〇 實施例10 6 實施例2 1 PAA- 1 [4 4] 3 w t % 〇 實施例10 7 實施例2 2 PAA- 1 [4 4] 5 w t % 〇 實施例10 8 實施例2 3 PAA- 1 14 4] 1 0 w t % 〇 實施例10 9 實施例2 5 PAA- 1 [5 0】 .1 w t % 〇 實施例11〇 實施例2 6 PAA- 1 【5 0] 3 w t % 〇 實施例111 實施例2 7 PAA- 1 [5 0] 5 w t % 〇 實施例Γ12 實施例2 8 PAA-1 [5 0】 1 0 w t % 〇 實施例113 實施例3 0 PAA- 1 [5 4] 1 w t % ◎ 實施例114 實施例3 1 PAA- 1 [5 4] 3 w t % ◎ 實施例115 實施例3 2 PAA- 1 [54] 5 w t % ◎ 實施例116 實施例3 3 PAA- 1 [541 1 0 w t % 〇 比較例2 一 PAA- 1 無 一 〇 比較例3 — PAA- 1 交聯劑-1 1Omo1 % X 比較例4 — PAA- 1 交聯劑-2 1Omo1 % X -87- 201241046 &lt;實施例Π7〜154及比較例5〜6&gt;&lt;摩擦耐性評估: 將使用表9-1〜表9-2所示各實施例所調製任 胺膜形成用塗佈液作成的液晶配向膜之表面用共角 顯微鏡觀察,用下述之基準進行評估。又,使用阳 明電極的玻璃基板作爲基板,聚醯亞胺膜形成用望 塗膜的燒成條件爲在加熱至23 0°C的加熱板上進行 燒成,摩擦條件爲輥旋轉數 lOOOrpm、輥進 50mm/sec、壓入量爲0.5mm而作成。又,一倂調 加上述式[A]所表示的化合物者(比較例5及比較例 較效果。結果如表9-1〜表9-2所示。 〇:削切殘渣或摩擦傷未觀察到。 △:削切殘渣或摩擦傷觀察到。 X :觀察到膜剝離或目視觀察到摩擦傷。 該結果,將未添加上述式[A]所表示的化合物 例5及比較例6作比較,確認在使用添加本發明纪 [A]所表示的化合物的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液之 使用任一聚合物,皆確認削切耐性被改善。 丨聚醯亞 :點雷射 ITO透 :佈液之 3 0分鐘 行速度 整未添 6),比 的比較 上述式 場合, -88- 201241046 【表9- 1】 聚醢亞胺膜形成用塗佈液 評估 結果 實施例編號 聚醯胺酸 式[A】所表示的化合物 麵 添加量 實施例117 實施例1 PAA- 1 [10] 1Omo1 % 〇 實施例118 實施例2 PAA- 1 【12] 1Omo 1 % 〇 實施例119 實施例3 PAA- 1 [14】 1 0 m ο 1 % 〇 實施例12 0 實施例4 PAA- 1 [18】 1Omo1 % 〇 實施例121 實施例5 PAA- 1 [3 2] 1Omo1 % 〇 實施例12 2 實施例9 PAA- 1 [4 6] 1Omo 1 % 〇 實施例12 3 實施例1 〇 PAA- 1 [46} 1 w t % 〇 實施例12 4 實施例1 1 PAA- 1 [4 6] 3 w t % 〇 實施例12 5 實施例1 2 PAA- 1 [4 6] 5 w.t % 〇 實施例12 6 實施例1 3 PAA- 1 [4 6] 1 Ow t % 〇 實施例1 2 7 實施例1 4 PAA- 1 [46J 2 Ow t % 〇 實施例1 2 8 實施例1 5 PAA — 1 [42] 1 w t % 〇 實施例1 2 9 實施例1 6 PAA- 1 [4 2] 3 w t % 〇 實施例1 3 0 實施例1 7 PAA- 1 [42] 5 w t % 〇 實施例131 實施例1 8 PAA - 1 [4 2] 1 0 w t % 〇 實施例13 2 實施例2 〇 PAA- 1 [44] 1 w t % 〇 實施例1 3 3 實施例2 1 PAA- 1 [44] 3 w t % 〇 實施例1 3 4 實施例2 2 PAA- 1 [44] 5 w t % 〇 實施例1 3 5 實施例2 3 PAA- 1 [44] 1 0 w t % 〇 實施例1 3 6 實施例2 5 PAA- 1 [5 0] 1 w t % 〇 實施例1 3 7 實施例2 6 PAA-1 [5 0] 3 w t % 〇 實施例1 3 8 實施例2 7 PAA- 1 [5 0] 5w t % .〇 實施例1 3 9 實施例2 8 PAA- 1 [5 01 1 0 w t % 〇 實施例14 0 實施例3 0 PAA- 1 [54] 1 w t % 〇 實施例141 實施例3 1 ΡΑΛ- 1 [5 4] 3 w t % 〇 實施例14 2 實施例3 2 PAA- 1 [5.4] 5 w t % 〇 實施例14 3 實施例3 3 PAA- 1 [5 4] 1 0 w t % 〇 比較例5 一 PAA- 1 無 — Δ -89- 201241046Evaluation result of the coating liquid for forming a polyhedral film Example No. Polyamide form The compound addition amount represented by the formula [A] Example 8 7 Example 1 PAA-1 [10] 1Omo1 % 〇Example 8 8 Implementation Example 2 PAA-1 [12] 1Omo1 % 〇 Example 8 9 Example 3 PAA-1 [14] 1Omo1 % 〇 Example 9 0 Example 4 PAA-1 [18] 1Omo 1 % ◎ Example 9 1 Example 5 PAA-1 [3 2] 1Omo 1 % 〇 Example 9 2 Example 6 PAA-1 [34] 1Omo 1 % ◎ Example 9 3 Example 7 PAA-1 [4 2] 1Omo 1 % 〇 Example 9 4 Example 8 PAA-1 [44] 1Omo 1 % 〇 Example 9 5 Example 9 PAA-1 [4 6] 1Omo1 % ◎ Example 9 6 Example 1 0 PAA-1 [4 6] 1 wt % ◎ Example 9 7 Example 1 1 PAA-1 [46] 3 wt % ◎ Example 9 8 Example 1 2 PAA-1 [4 6] 5 wt % ◎ Example 9 9 Example 1 3 PAA-1 [4 6] 1 0 wt % ◎ Example 10 0 Example 1 4 PAA-1 [46] 2 Owt % ◎ Example 1〇 Example 1 5 PAA-1 [4 2] 1 wt % 〇 Example 10 2 Implementation Example 1 6 P AA - 1 [4 2] 3 wt % 〇 Example 10 3 Example 1 7 PAA — 1 [4 2] 5 wt % Example 10 4 Example 1 8 PAA-1 [4 2] 1 0 wt % 〇 Example 10 5 Example 2 0 PAA-1 [4 4] 1 wt % 〇 Example 10 6 Example 2 1 PAA-1 [ 4 4] 3 wt % 〇 Example 10 7 Example 2 2 PAA-1 [4 4] 5 wt % 〇 Example 10 8 Example 2 3 PAA-1 1 4 4] 1 0 wt % 〇 Example 10 9 Implementation Example 2 5 PAA-1 [5 0] .1 wt % 〇 Example 11 〇 Example 2 6 PAA-1 [5 0] 3 wt % 〇 Example 111 Example 2 7 PAA-1 [5 0] 5 wt % 〇Example Γ12 Example 2 8 PAA-1 [5 0] 1 0 wt % 〇 Example 113 Example 3 0 PAA-1 [5 4] 1 wt % ◎ Example 114 Example 3 1 PAA-1 [ 5 4 % 3 wt % ◎ Example 115 Example 3 2 PAA-1 [54] 5 wt % ◎ Example 116 Example 3 3 PAA-1 [541 1 0 wt % 〇 Comparative Example 2 A PAA-1 No one 〇Comparative Example 3 - PAA-1 Crosslinker-1 1Omo1 % X Comparative Example 4 - PAA-1 Crosslinker-2 1Omo1 % X -87- 201241046 &lt;Examples Π7 to 154 and Comparative Examples 5 to 6&gt;&lt; Friction resistance evaluation: Liquid crystal alignment prepared by using the coating liquid for forming an amine film prepared in each of the examples shown in Tables 9-1 to 9-2 The angle of the surface was observed with a microscope were performed by the following criteria of evaluation. Further, the glass substrate using the positive electrode was used as the substrate, and the firing condition of the polyimide film for forming a polyimide film was baked on a hot plate heated to 23 ° C, and the rubbing condition was that the number of rotation of the roller was 1000 rpm. The roll was placed at 50 mm/sec and the press-in amount was 0.5 mm. Further, when the compound represented by the above formula [A] was added, the results of Comparative Example 5 and Comparative Example were more effective. The results are shown in Table 9-1 to Table 9-2. 〇: The residue or the friction wound was not observed. △: Observed residue or frictional wound was observed. X: Film peeling was observed or a scratch was observed by visual observation. As a result, compound 5 and Comparative Example 6 represented by the above formula [A] were not added. It was confirmed that any of the polymers used in the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film formed by adding the compound represented by the invention [A] was confirmed to have improved cutting resistance. 丨聚醯亚: Point laser ITO : The liquid speed of the liquid is not added for 6 minutes. The ratio is compared with the above formula, -88- 201241046 [Table 9-1] Evaluation results of coating liquid for forming polyimide film. Example No. Polyamide Compound surface addition amount represented by acid form [A] Example 117 Example 1 PAA-1 [10] 1Omo1 % 〇 Example 118 Example 2 PAA-1 [12] 1Omo 1 % 〇 Example 119 Example 3 PAA - 1 [14] 1 0 m ο 1 % 〇 Example 12 0 Example 4 PAA-1 [18] 1Omo1 % 〇 Example 121 Example 5 PAA-1 [3 2] 1Omo1 % 〇 Example 12 2 Example 9 PAA-1 [4 6] 1Omo 1 % 〇 Example 12 3 Example 1 〇PAA-1 [46} 1 wt % 〇Implementation Example 12 4 Example 1 1 PAA-1 [4 6] 3 wt % 〇 Example 12 5 Example 1 2 PAA-1 [4 6] 5 wt % 〇 Example 12 6 Example 1 3 PAA-1 [4 6] 1 Ow t % 〇 Example 1 2 7 Example 1 4 PAA-1 [46J 2 Ow t % 〇 Example 1 2 8 Example 1 5 PAA — 1 [42] 1 wt % 〇 Example 1 2 9 Example 1 6 PAA-1 [4 2] 3 wt % 〇 Example 1 3 0 Example 1 7 PAA-1 [42] 5 wt % 〇 Example 131 Example 1 8 PAA - 1 [4 2] 1 0 Wt % 〇Example 13 2 Example 2 〇PAA-1 [44] 1 wt % 〇 Example 1 3 3 Example 2 1 PAA-1 [44] 3 wt % 〇 Example 1 3 4 Example 2 2 PAA - 1 [44] 5 wt % 〇 Example 1 3 5 Example 2 3 PAA-1 [44] 1 0 wt % 〇 Example 1 3 6 Example 2 5 PAA-1 [5 0] 1 wt % 〇Implementation Example 1 3 7 Example 2 6 PAA-1 [5 0] 3 wt % 〇 Example 1 3 8 Example 2 7 PAA-1 [5 0] 5w t % .〇Example 1 3 9 Example 2 8 PAA - 1 [5 01 1 0 wt % 〇 Example 14 0 Example 3 0 PAA-1 [54] 1 wt % 〇 Example 141 Example 3 1 ΡΑΛ-1 [5 4] 3 wt % 〇 Example 14 2 Example 3 2 PAA-1 [5.4 5 wt % 〇Example 14 3 Example 3 3 PAA-1 [5 4] 1 0 wt % 〇Comparative Example 5 A PAA-1 No - Δ -89- 201241046

【表9一2】 聚醯醚娜成用塗佈液 評估 結果 實施例編號 聚麵酸 式[A]所表示的化合物 麵 添加量 實施例144 實施例3 5 PAA-2 110] 1 Owt% Δ 實施例14 5 實施例3 6 PAA-2 [1 21 1 Owt% Δ 實施例14 6 實施例3 7 PAA-2 U4] 1 Owt% Δ 實施例14 7 實施例3 8 PAA- 2 (1 8) 1 Owt% 〇 實施例14 8 實施例3 9 PAA-2 [3 2] 1 Ow t % 〇 實施例14 9 實施例4 0 PAA-2 [34] 1 Owt% 〇 實施例150 實施例4 1 PAA- 2 (4 21 1 Ow t % Δ 實施例151 實施例4 2 PAA- 2 [44] 1 Ow t « 〇 實施例15 2 實施例4 3 PAA-2 [46] 1 Owt% 〇 實施例15 3 實施例4 4 PAA-2 [5 2] 1 Owt % 〇 實施例154 實施例4 5 PAA,2 [54] 1 Owt% 〇 比較例6 一 PAA-2 無 ' — X &lt;實施例155〜179及比較例7&gt;&lt;扭轉向列型液晶晶胞之預 傾角測定&gt; 對使用表1 〇所示各實施例所調製的聚醯亞胺膜形成 用塗佈液製作的液晶晶胞,在1 05 °C加熱5分鐘後,測定 預傾角。預傾角係使用 Axo Metrix公司的「Axo Scan」,以穆勒矩陣法進行測定。又,扭轉向列型液晶晶 胞之預傾角測定用所作成的液晶晶胞係以使用附ITO透明 電極的玻璃基板作爲基板,聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液之塗 膜之燒成條件爲在加熱至23 0°c的加熱板上進行30分鐘燒 成,摩擦條件爲輥旋轉數 lOOOrpm、輥進行速度 50mm/sec、壓入量0.3mm製作。又,一倂調整未添加上 述式[A]所表示的化合物者(比較例7),比較效果。結果如 表1 〇所示。 -90 - 201241046 該結果,確認藉由適當選擇上述式[A]所表示的化合 物的種類與添加量,可任意得到所期望的預傾角。 【表1 0】 聚βκ»跡成用 塗佈液 預傾角 (。) 實施例編號 聚醢胺酸 式[Α]所表示的化飾 麵 添加量(fftX} . 實施例15 5 實施例1 0 ΡΑΑ-1 14 6] 1 3. 0 實施例15 6 實施例1 1 ΡΑΑ- 1. [46] 3 11.7 實施例15 7 實施例1 2 ΡΑΑ- 1 [4 6】 5 2 0.2 實施例15 8 實施例1 3 ΡΑΑ- 1 [46] 10 65. 4 實施例15 9 實施例14 ΡΑΑ- 1 [4 61 20 87. 2 實施例16 0 實施例1 5 ΡΑΑ-1 [42] 1 2. 9 實施例161 ΪΤ施例1 6 ΡΑΑ — 1 [4 2] 3 4. 4 實施例16 2 實施例1 7 ΡΑΑ-1 [42] 5 6. 8 實施例16 3 *施例1 8 ΡΑΑ- 1 [4 2) 10 3 5.3 實施例16 4 實施例1 9 ΡΑΑ- 1 [4 21 2 0 54. 0 實施例16 5 實施例2 0 ΡΑΑ-1 144) 1 2· 6 實施例16 6 實施例21 ΡΑΑ-1 1441. 3 3. 8 實施例16 7 實施例2 2 ΡΑΑ-1 14 4] 5 6-3 實施例16 8 實施例2 3 ΡΑΑ- 1 [4 4) 10 1 5. 2 實施例16 9 實施例2 4 ΡΑΑ- 1 [4 41 20 49. 6 實施例17 0 實施例2 5 ΡΑΑ-1 [5 0】 1 2.6 實施例171 實施例2 6 ΡΑΑ- 1 [5 0] 3 2,7 實施例17 2 實施例2 7 ΡΑΑ-.1 [50] 5 2. 8 實施例17 3 實施例2 8 ΡΑΑ-1 【5 0】 10 3. 4 實施例17 4 實施例2 9 ΡΑΑ — 1 15 0] 2 0 6. 6 實施例17 5 實施例3 0 ΡΑΑ-1 【5 4】 1 2. 6 實施例17 6 實施例3 1 ΡΑΑ-1 [5 4] 3 2. 7 實施例17 7 實施例3 2 ΡΑΑ-1 15 4) 5 3. 0 實施例1 7 8 實施例3 3 ΡΑΑ-1 [54] 10 3. 1 實施例17 9 實施例3 4 ΡΑΑ- 1 [54] 20 4. 1 比較例7 一 ΡΑΑ- 1 無 一 1. 4 &lt;實施例180〜1 82及比較例8&gt;&lt;反平行液晶晶胞之預傾角 測定&gt; -91 - 201241046 對使用表11所示各實施例所調製的聚醯亞胺膜形成 用塗佈液製作的液晶晶胞,在1 2 0。(:進行1小時加熱後, 進行預傾角的測定。預傾角爲使用Axo Metrix公司的 「Αχ〇 Scan」’以穆勒矩陣法進行測定。又,反平行液晶 晶胞之預傾角測定用所作成的液晶晶胞係以使用附IT〇透 明電極的玻璃基板作爲基板,聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液之 塗膜之燒成條件爲在加熱至200°C的熱風循環式烤箱內進 行30分鐘燒成,而不進行配向處理,作成前述液晶晶 胞。又,一倂調整未添加上述式[A]所表示的化合物者(比 較例8 ),比較效果。結果如表1 1所示。 .該結果,與未添加上述式[A]所表示的化合物的比較 例8比較,確認在使用添加上述式[A]所表示的化合物的 聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液的場合,顯著可使預傾角變大。 因此,藉由添加上述式[A]所表示的化合物,即使不於基 體聚合物,亦即,聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液含有的聚醯亞 胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺導入建立液晶的側鏈成分,仍可使液 晶垂直配向。 【表1 1】 聚娜成用塗佈液 mm (.) 實施例編號 聚醯胺酸 式[A1所表示的化合物 麵 添加S(vtX} 實施例18 0 實施例6 0 PAA- 2 [4 4] 10 90. 0 實施例181 實施例6 1 PAA-2 [4 4) 15 9 0. 0 實施例1 8 2 實施例6 2 PAA-2 [4 4]. 2 0 90. 〇 比较例8 一 PAA-2 無 — 1. 3 &lt;實施例183〜294&gt;&lt;液晶配向性評估及反平行液晶晶胞之 -92- 201241046 預傾角測定&gt; 將使用表12-1〜12-4所示各實施例所調製的聚醯亞 胺膜形成用塗佈液製作的液晶晶胞以偏光板挾持,在從後 部照射背光的狀態,使液晶晶胞旋轉,將明暗的變化或流 動配向之有無以及液晶是否配向以目視觀察,顯示良好的 配向性。之後,施加3 V交流電壓於液晶晶胞,將液晶是 否配向以目視觀察。此時,用下述之基準進行評估。又, 液晶配向性評估用所作成的液晶晶胞,係使用玻璃基板作 爲基板,聚酿亞胺膜形成用塗佈液之塗膜之燒成條件爲在 加熱至200°C的熱風循環式烤箱進行30分鐘燒成,對得到 的附塗膜玻璃基板進行前述光配向處理後製作。 評估基準 良好:可確認液晶的配向,且無流動配向 不良:液晶雖進行配向,但觀察到許多流動配向 又,對使用表12-1〜12-4所示各實施例所調製的聚 醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液作成的液晶晶胞,在1 2 0 °C進行1 小時加熱後,進行預傾角的測定。預傾角爲使用 Axo Metrix公司的「Axo Scan」’以穆勒矩陣法進行測定》 該結果’藉由使用添加具有光反應性側鏈的上述式[A] 所表示的化合物之聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液(液晶配向處 理劑),確認即使在進行光配向處理場合中亦能得到良好 的垂直配向性。又’藉由對本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗 佈液(液晶配向處理劑)照射偏光紫外線,確認在離垂直些 許傾斜狀態有使液晶配向的能力。進一步,亦確認藉由控 -93- 201241046 制添加量與照射量,可使預傾角進行微調整。由此等,本 發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液(液晶配向處理劑)可利用 在垂直配向方式的液晶顯示元件用的液晶配向膜,且可說 亦可用作爲光配向法所使用的液晶配向膜。 【表1 2 — 1】 聚醯亞胺娜成用塗佈液 照射刼度 (m J) 液晶酉 Η向性 預傾角 (。) 實施例編號 m 添加fl: _ 無外加 電壓時 外加 電壓時 賣施例18 3 實施例4 6 [58】 .5 0 良好 不良 9 0.00 實施例18 4 質施例4 6 【5 8] 5 2 0 良好 良好 9 0.00 實施例185 實施例4 6 [5 8】 5 5 0 良好 良好 9 0.00 實施例18 6 實施例4 6 [5 8】 5 10 0 良好 良好 9 0.00 罝施例187 實施例4 6 【5 8】 5 2 0 0 良好 良好 9 0.00 實施例1 8 8 實施例4 6 [5 8] 5 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.94 實施例1 8 9· 實施例4 6 [5 8] 5 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.92 實施例19 0 實施例4 6 [5 8】 5 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 6 實施例19 1 貧施例4 7 [58] 10 0 良好 不良 9 0. 00 實施例1 9 2. 實Μ例4 7 [5 8】 10 2 0 良好 良好 9 0.00 寊施例19 3 實施例4 7 15 8】 10 5 0 良好 良好 9 0. 00 實施例1 9 4 實施例4 7 [58] 10 10 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 6 實施例19 5 實施例4 7 [58] 10 2 0 0 .良好 良好 8 9.84 實施例19 6 實施例4 7 [58] 10 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.85 資施例1 9 7 實鈿例4 7 [5 8】 10 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.77 實施例19 8 實施例47 【5 8】 10 10 0 0 良好 良好 89. 80 實施例199 實施例4 8 [5 8] 2 0 0 良好 不卑 9 0.00 實施例2 0 0— 實施例4 8 【5 8】 2 0 2 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 6 實施例2 0 1 實施例4 8 【5 8】 2 0 5 0 良好 良好 8 9.90 S施例2 0 2 實施例4 8 158] 2 0 10 0. 良好 良好 89. 97 實施例2 0 3 實施例4 8 【5 81. 2 0 200 良好 良好 8 9. 9 0 質施例2 0 4 實施例4 8 15 8} 2 0 400 良好 良好 89. 8 9 實施例2 0 5 寶ϋ例4 8 [5 8] 20 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.92 實施例206 實施例4 8 【58] 20 1000 良好 良好 8 9.89 實施例207 寶施例4 9 [581 3 0 0 良好 不良 9 0. 0 0 實施例208 實施例4 9 【5 8】 3 0 2 0 良好 良好 8 9.89 實施例209 Si例 4 9 【581 3 0 5 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 5 質施例210 實施例4 9 [5 81 3 0 10 0 良好 良好 8 9.86 0施例21 1 S施例4 9 158] 30 200 良好 良好 89. 89 0施例2 1 2 S施例4 9 [581 30 400 良好 良好 89. 86 β施例213 寶細例4 9 [5 8] 30 .800 良好 良好 8 9. 9 0 0施例214 實施例4 9 [5 8] 30 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.93 -94- 201241046 I表1 2 —2】 聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液 照射強度 (m J) 液晶配向性 預傾角 (。) 實施例編號 mm 添加量 (ffU). 無外加 電壓時 外加 電壓時 實施例215 實施例5 0 [5 81 5 0 0 . 良好 .不良 9 0.00 實施例216 實施例5 0 [5 81 5 0 2 0 良好 良好 8 9.95 實施例217 實施例5 0 【5 8] 5 0 5 0 良好 良好 8 9.88 實施例218 實施例5 0 【5 81 5 0 10 0 良好 良好 8 9.92 實施例219 實施例5 0 [5 8) 5 0 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.98 實施例2 2 0 實施例5 0 [5 8] 5 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.93 實施例2 2 1 實施例5 0 [5 8】 5 0 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.90 實施例222 實施例5 0 [5 8] 5 0 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 8 實施例2 2 3 實施例5 1 [5 8】 7 0 0 良好 不良 9 0.00 實施例2 2 4 實施例5 1 [5 8】 7 0 2 0 良好 良好 8 9.95 實施例225 實施例5 1 【5 8】 7 0 5 0 良好 良好 8 9.97 實施例2 2 6 實施例5 1 [5 8] 7 0 10 0 良好 良好 8 9.93 實施例2 2 7 實施例5 1 [5 8] 7 0 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.94 實施例2 2 8 實施例5 1 [5 81 7 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.95 實施例2 2 9 實施例5 1 [5 8] 70 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.92 實施例2 3 0 實施例5 1 [5 8} 7 0 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.90 實施例2 3:1 實施例5 2 【5 81 10 0 0 良好 不良 9 0.00 實施例2 3 2 實施例5 2 [5 8] 10 0 2 0 良好 良好 8 9.93 實施例2 3 3 實施例5 2 [5 8】 10 0 5 0 良好 良好 8 9,74 實施例2 3 4 實施例5 2 [5 8] 10 0 10 0 良好 良好 8 9.94 實施例2 3 5 實施例5 2 [58] 10 0 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.91 實施例236 實施例5 2 【5 8】 1.0 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.85 實施例2 3 7 實施例5 2 [5 8] 10 0 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.82 實施例238 實施例5 2 [5 8] 10 0 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.81 實施例2 3 9 實施例5 3 [6 01 5 0 良好 不良 9 0.00 實施例2 4 0 實施例5 3 [6 0] 5 2 0 良好 良好 8 9.93 實施例24 1 實施例5 3 16 0] 5 5 0 良好 良好 8 9.99 實施例2 4 2 實施例5 3 [6 0] 5 10 0 良好 良好 8 9.90 實施例2 4 3 實施例5 3 [6 0] 5 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.89 實施例244 實施例5 3 16 0] 5 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9〇 8 8 實施例2 4 5 實施例5 3 [6 0] 5 800 良好 良好 8 9.92 實施例2 4 6 實施例5 3 16 0] 5 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9.94 -95- 201241046 【表1 2 - 3】 聚醯亞胺®成用塗佈液 照射強度 (m J) 液晶配向性 預傾角 (。) 實施例編號 翻 添加量 _ 無外加 電壓時 外加 電壓時 S施例2 4 7 實施例5 4 [6 0】 10 0 良好 不良 9 0. 0 0 實施例2 4 8 實施例5 4 【6 0] 10 2 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 7 寅施例2 4 9 S施例5 4 【6 01 10 5 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 9 實施例2 5 0 實施例5 4 【6 0] 10 10 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 3 實施例2 5 1 實施例5 4 [6 0】 10 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 2 實施例2 5 2 實施例5 4 【6 0] 1 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 4 質施例2 5 3 實施例5 4 [6 0】 10 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 4 實施例2 5 4 實施例5 4 [6 0】 10 10 0 0 良好. 良好 8 9. 9 1 實施例2 5 5 實施例5 5 [6 01 2 0 0 良好 不良 9 0. 0 0 實施例256 實施例5 5 【6 0】 2 0 2 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 7 Η施例2 5 7 Η施例5 5 【6 0] 2 0 5 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 0 實施例2 5 8 實施例5 5 【6 01 2 0 10 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 9 質施例2 5 9 實施例5 5 [6 0] 2 0 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 5 實施例2 6 0 實施例5 5 【6 0】 2 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 7 實施例2 6 1 實施例5 5 【6 0] 2 0 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 0 麵例2 6 2 實施例5 5 [6 0] 2 0 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 2 資施例2 6 3 實施例5 6 【6 0】 3 0 0 良好 不良 9 0. 0 0 實施例2 6 4 Η施例5 6 [6 0] 3 0 .20 良好 良好 8 9. 9 2 實施例2 6 5 Θ施例5 6 【6 0】 3 0 5 0 良好 良好 8 9. 7 9 Η施例2 6 6 實施例5 6 【6 01 3 0 10 0 良好 良好 8 9. 7 6 實施例2 6 7 實施例5 6 [6 0] 3 0 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 0 實施例2 6 8 實施例5 6 [6 01 3 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 7 實施例2 6 9 實施例5 6 【60]. 3 0 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 7 Η施例2 7 0 苡施例5 6 【6 0】 3 0 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 3 實施例2 7 1 實施例57 . 【6 0] 5 0 0 良好 不良 9 0. 0 0 S施例2 7 2 實施例5 7 [6 0] 5 0 2 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 8 實施例2 7 3 龍例5 7 [6 01 5 0 5 0 .良好 良好 8 9. 9 9 Η施例2 7 4 苡施例5 7 [6 01 5 0 10 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 2 Η施例27 5 資施例5 7 [6 01 5 0 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 7 7 簡例2 7 6 贲施例5 7 [6 0] 5 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 6 ΒΤ施例2 7 7 13施例5 7 【6 0] 5 0 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 9 ®施例2 7 8 Η施例5 7 【6 0] 5 0 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 8 -96 - 201241046 I表1 2 —4】 聚醢亞胺膜形成用塗佈液 照射強度 (m J) 液晶配向性 預傾角 (。) 實施例編號 獅 添加量 (wtX) 無外加 電壓時 外加 電壓時 實施例27 9 實施例5 8 [6 0} 7 0 0 良好 不良 9 0. 0 0. 實施例280 實施例5 8 [60] 7 0 2 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 0 實施例2 8 1 實施例5 8 [6 0】 7 0 5 0 良好 卜良好 89. 9 9 實施例2 8 2 實施例5 8 [6 0] .70 100 良好 良好 8 9. 8 9 實施例2 8 3 實施例5 8 [6 0] 7 0 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 6 實施例2 8 4 實施例5 8 [6 0】 7 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 0 實施例2 8 5 實施例5 8 [6 01 70 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 4 實施例2 8 6 實施例5 8 【6 0】 7 0 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 1 實施例2 8 7 實施例5 9 [6 0】 10 0 0 良好 不良 9 0. 0 0 實施例2 8 8 實施例5 9 16 0] 10 0 2 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 3 實施例2 8 9 實施例5 9 [6 0] 10 0 5 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 6 實施例2 9 0 實施例5 9 [6 0] 10 0 10 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 2 實施例2 9 1 實施例5 9 [6 0] 10 0 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 0 實施例292 *施例59 [6 0] 10 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 3 實施例2 9 3 實施例5 9 [6 0] 1 0 0 800 良好 良好 8 9. 7 5 實施例294 實施例5 9 160] 10 0 10 0 0 良好 ▲好 8 9· 7 6 &lt;實施例295〜315及比較例9&gt;&lt;電壓維持率(VHR)的測定&gt; 對使用表13所示各實施例所調製的聚醯亞胺膜形成 用塗佈液所製作的液晶晶胞,進行初期狀態的電壓維持率[Table 9-2] Evaluation results of the coating liquid for polydecyl ether formation Example No. of the compound surface amount of the polyacrylic acid formula [A] Example 144 Example 3 5 PAA-2 110] 1 Owt% Δ Example 14 5 Example 3 6 PAA-2 [1 21 1 Owt% Δ Example 14 6 Example 3 7 PAA-2 U4] 1 Owt% Δ Example 14 7 Example 3 8 PAA-2 (1 8) 1 Owt% 〇Example 14 8 Example 3 9 PAA-2 [3 2] 1 Ow t % 〇 Example 14 9 Example 4 0 PAA-2 [34] 1 Owt% 〇 Example 150 Example 4 PAA - 2 (4 21 1 Ow t % Δ Example 151 Example 4 2 PAA-2 [44] 1 Ow t « 〇 Example 15 2 Example 4 3 PAA-2 [46] 1 Owt% 〇 Example 15 3 Example 4 4 PAA-2 [5 2] 1 Owt % 〇 Example 154 Example 4 5 PAA, 2 [54] 1 Owt% 〇Comparative Example 6 A PAA-2 No '- X &lt;Examples 155-179 And Comparative Example 7 &lt;Measurement of Pretilt Angle of Twisted Nematic Liquid Crystal Cell&gt; Liquid crystal cell prepared using the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film prepared in each of the examples shown in Table 1 The pretilt angle was measured after heating at 5 ° C for 5 minutes. The pretilt angle was Axo Metrix The "Axo Scan" of the company is measured by the Mueller matrix method. Further, the liquid crystal cell system for measuring the pretilt angle of the nematic liquid crystal cell is used as a substrate using a glass substrate with an ITO transparent electrode. The baking condition of the coating film of the coating film for imine film formation was baking on the hot plate heated to 23 ° C for 30 minutes, and the rubbing conditions were the number of rotation of a roller of 1000 rpm, the speed of a roll of 50 mm/sec, and press-in. The amount was 0.3 mm, and the compound represented by the above formula [A] was not adjusted (Comparative Example 7), and the results were compared. The results are shown in Table 1. -90 - 201241046 The result was confirmed by appropriate The type and amount of the compound represented by the above formula [A] can be selected, and the desired pretilt angle can be arbitrarily obtained. [Table 1 0] Pre-tilt angle of the coating liquid for poly-βκ» trace formation (.) Example No. Polyamide The amount of addition of the finish represented by the acid form [Α] (fftX}. Example 15 5 Example 1 0 ΡΑΑ-1 14 6] 1 3. 0 Example 15 6 Example 1 1 ΡΑΑ- 1. [46] 3 11.7 Example 15 7 Example 1 2 ΡΑΑ- 1 [4 6] 5 2 0.2 Example 15 8 Implementation 1 3 ΡΑΑ- 1 [46] 10 65. 4 Example 15 9 Example 14 ΡΑΑ-1 [4 61 20 87. 2 Example 16 0 Example 1 5 ΡΑΑ-1 [42] 1 2. 9 Example 161 Example 1 6 ΡΑΑ — 1 [4 2] 3 4. 4 Example 16 2 Example 1 7 ΡΑΑ-1 [42] 5 6. 8 Example 16 3 * Example 1 8 ΡΑΑ- 1 [4 2) 10 3 5.3 Example 16 4 Example 1 9 ΡΑΑ- 1 [4 21 2 0 54. 0 Example 16 5 Example 2 0 ΡΑΑ-1 144) 1 2· 6 Example 16 6 Example 21 ΡΑΑ-1 1441 3 3. 8 Example 16 7 Example 2 2 ΡΑΑ-1 14 4] 5 6-3 Example 16 8 Example 2 3 ΡΑΑ - 1 [4 4] 10 1 5. 2 Example 16 9 Example 2 4 ΡΑΑ-1 [4 41 20 49. 6 Example 17 0 Example 2 5 ΡΑΑ-1 [5 0] 1 2.6 Example 171 Example 2 6 ΡΑΑ-1 [5 0] 3 2,7 Example 17 2 Example 2 7 ΡΑΑ-.1 [50] 5 2. 8 Example 17 3 Example 2 8 ΡΑΑ-1 [5 0] 10 3. 4 Example 17 4 Example 2 9 ΡΑΑ — 1 15 0] 2 0 6. 6 Example 17 5 Example 3 0 ΡΑΑ-1 [5 4] 1 2. 6 Example 17 6 Example 3 1 ΡΑΑ-1 [5 4] 3 2. 7 Example 17 7 Example 3 2 ΡΑΑ -1 15 4) 5 3. 0 Example 1 7 8 Example 3 3 ΡΑΑ-1 [54] 10 3. 1 Example 17 9 Example 3 4 ΡΑΑ-1 [54] 20 4. 1 Comparative Example 7 One ΡΑΑ - 1 None. 1. &lt;Examples 180 to 1 82 and Comparative Example 8&gt;&lt;Measurement of pretilt angle of antiparallel liquid crystal cell&gt; -91 - 201241046 For the use of the polyaluminum prepared by the respective examples shown in Table 11 The liquid crystal cell produced by the coating liquid for forming an amine film was at 120. (: After preheating for 1 hour, the pretilt angle was measured. The pretilt angle was measured by the Mueller matrix method using "Αχ〇Scan" by Axo Metrix Co., Ltd. Further, the pretilt angle of the antiparallel liquid crystal cell was measured. In the liquid crystal cell system, a glass substrate with an IT〇 transparent electrode is used as a substrate, and a coating film for a coating liquid for forming a polyimide film is baked in a hot air circulating oven heated to 200° C. The liquid crystal cell was prepared by firing in a minute without the alignment treatment. Further, the compound represented by the above formula [A] was not adjusted (Comparative Example 8), and the results were compared. The results are shown in Table 11. As a result, in comparison with Comparative Example 8 in which the compound represented by the above formula [A] was not added, it was confirmed that the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film formed by adding the compound represented by the above formula [A] was remarkable. Therefore, by adding the compound represented by the above formula [A], the polyimine precursor contained in the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film is not contained in the base polymer. Polyimine imide introduction solution The side chain component can still vertically align the liquid crystal. [Table 1 1] The coating liquid for the granules mm (.) Example No. Polyglycolic acid formula [The compound surface added by A1 (Stv) Example 18 0 Example 6 0 PAA-2 [4 4] 10 90. 0 Example 181 Example 6 1 PAA-2 [4 4] 15 9 0. 0 Example 1 8 2 Example 6 2 PAA-2 [4 4] 90. 〇 Comparative Example 8 A PAA-2 No - 1. 3 &lt;Examples 183 to 294&gt;&lt;Liquid alignment property evaluation and antiparallel liquid crystal cell-92-201241046 Pretilt angle measurement&gt; The liquid crystal cell produced by using the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film prepared in each of the examples shown in Tables 12-1 to 12-4 is held by a polarizing plate, and the liquid crystal cell is allowed to be irradiated from the rear portion in a state where the backlight is irradiated. Rotation, the change of light and dark or the presence or absence of flow alignment and the alignment of the liquid crystal for visual observation, showing good alignment. After that, apply 3 V AC voltage to the liquid crystal cell, and align the liquid crystal for visual observation. The basis of the evaluation is evaluated. In addition, the liquid crystal cell for liquid crystal alignment evaluation uses a glass substrate as a substrate. The baking conditions of the coating film of the coating liquid for forming an imine film were baked in the hot-air circulation oven heated to 200 degreeC for 30 minutes, and the obtained coating film glass substrate was carried out after the said optical alignment process. The evaluation criteria were good: the alignment of the liquid crystal was confirmed, and the flow alignment was poor: although the liquid crystal was aligned, a large amount of flow alignment was observed, and the polyazide prepared by using the examples shown in Tables 12-1 to 12-4 was used. The liquid crystal cell prepared by the coating liquid for forming an amine film was heated at 120 ° C for 1 hour, and then the pretilt angle was measured. The pretilt angle is measured by the "Axo Scan" of Axo Metrix Co., Ltd. by the Mueller matrix method. The result 'by using a polyimine film to which a compound represented by the above formula [A] having a photoreactive side chain is added The coating liquid for forming (liquid crystal alignment treatment agent) confirmed that good vertical alignment property was obtained even in the case of performing photoalignment treatment. Further, the coating liquid (liquid crystal alignment treatment agent) for forming a polyimide film of the present invention is irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays, and it is confirmed that the liquid crystal is aligned in a state of being slightly inclined from the vertical. Further, it was confirmed that the pretilt angle can be finely adjusted by controlling the amount of addition and the amount of irradiation of -93-201241046. In this way, the coating liquid for forming a polyimine film of the present invention (liquid crystal alignment treatment agent) can be used for a liquid crystal alignment film for a liquid crystal display element of a vertical alignment type, and it can be said that it can also be used as a photoalignment method. Liquid crystal alignment film. [Table 1 2 - 1] Polyimine amide is irradiated with coating liquid (m J) Liquid crystal directional pretilt angle (.) Example No. m Adding fl: _ When no voltage is applied, when voltage is applied Example 18 3 Example 4 6 [58] .5 0 Good defect 9 0.00 Example 18 4 Quality Example 4 6 [5 8] 5 2 0 Good good 9 0.00 Example 185 Example 4 6 [5 8] 5 5 0 Good and good 9 0.00 Example 18 6 Example 4 6 [5 8] 5 10 0 Good good 9 0.00 罝 Example 187 Example 4 6 [5 8] 5 2 0 0 Good good 9 0.00 Example 1 8 8 Example 4 6 [5 8] 5 4 0 0 Good Good 8 9.94 Example 1 8 9· Example 4 6 [5 8] 5 8 0 0 Good Good 8 9.92 Example 19 0 Example 4 6 [5 8] 5 10 0 0 Good good 8 9. 8 6 Example 19 1 Lean application 4 7 [58] 10 0 Good bad 9 0. 00 Example 1 9 2. Example 4 7 [5 8] 10 2 0 Good Good 9 0.00 寊Example 19 3 Example 4 7 15 8] 10 5 0 Good good 9 0. 00 Example 1 9 4 Example 4 7 [58] 10 10 0 Good good 8 9. 9 6 Example 19 5 Example 4 7 [58] 10 2 0 0 . Good good 8 9.84 Example 19 6 Example 4 7 [58] 10 4 0 0 Good 8 8.85 Example 1 9 7 Example 4 7 [5 8] 10 8 0 0 Good 8 8.77 Example 19 8 Example 47 [5 8] 10 10 0 0 Good good 89. 80 Example 199 Example 4 8 [5 8] 2 0 0 Good not humble 9 0.00 Example 2 0 0 - Example 4 8 [5 8] 2 0 2 0 Good good 8 9. 8 6 Example 2 0 1 Example 4 8 [5 8] 2 0 5 0 Good good 8 9.90 S Example 2 0 2 Example 4 8 158] 2 0 10 0. Good good 89. 97 Example 2 0 3 Example 4 8 [5 81. 2 0 200 Good good 8 9. 9 0 Quality application 2 0 4 Example 4 8 15 8} 2 0 400 Good good 89. 8 9 Example 2 0 5 Baoji Example 4 8 [5 8] 20 8 0 0 Good Good 8 9.92 Example 206 Example 4 8 [58] 20 1000 Good Good 8 9.89 Example 207 Bao Shi Example 4 9 [581 3 0 0 Good Bad 9 0. 0 0 Example 208 Example 4 9 [5 8] 3 0 2 0 Good good 8 9.89 Example 209 Si case 4 9 [581 3 0 5 0 Good good 8 9. 9 5 Quality embodiment 210 Example 4 9 [5 81 3 0 10 0 Good Good 8 9.86 0 Example 21 1 S Example 4 9 158] 30 200 Good and good 89. 89 0 Example 2 1 2 S Example 4 9 [581 30 400 Good and good 89. 86 β Example 213 Bao fine example 4 9 [5 8] 30 .800 Good and good 8 9. 9 0 0 Example 214 Example 4 9 [5 8] 30 10 0 0 Good 8 8.93 -94- 201241046 I Table 1 2 - 2] Coating liquid for forming a polyimide film (Im) J) Liquid crystal alignment pretilt angle (. Example No. mm Addition amount (ffU). Example 215 when voltage is applied without applied voltage Example 5 0 [5 81 5 0 0 . Good. Bad 9 0.00 Example 216 Example 5 0 [5 81 5 0 2 0 Good good 8 9.95 Example 217 Example 5 0 [5 8] 5 0 5 0 Good good 8 9.88 Example 218 Example 5 0 [5 81 5 0 10 0 Good good 8 9.92 Example 219 Example 5 0 [ 5 8) 5 0 2 0 0 Good good 8 9.98 Example 2 2 0 Example 5 0 [5 8] 5 0 4 0 0 Good good 8 9.93 Example 2 2 1 Example 5 0 [5 8] 5 0 8 0 0 Good good 8 9.90 Example 222 Example 5 0 [5 8] 5 0 10 0 0 Good good 8 9. 8 8 Example 2 2 3 Example 5 1 [5 8] 7 0 0 Good defect 9 0.00 Implementation Example 2 2 4 Example 5 1 [5 8] 7 0 2 0 Good Good 8 9.95 Example 225 Example 5 1 [5 8] 7 0 5 0 Good Good 8 9.97 Example 2 2 6 Example 5 1 [5 8] 7 0 10 0 Good good 8 9.93 Example 2 2 7 Example 5 1 [5 8] 7 0 2 0 0 Good good 8 9.94 Example 2 2 8 Example 5 1 [5 81 7 0 4 0 0 Good Good 8 9.95 implementation 2 2 9 Example 5 1 [5 8] 70 8 0 0 Good good 8 9.92 Example 2 3 0 Example 5 1 [5 8} 7 0 10 0 0 Good good 8 9.90 Example 2 3:1 Example 5 2 [5 81 10 0 0 good bad 9 0.00 Example 2 3 2 Example 5 2 [5 8] 10 0 2 0 Good good 8 9.93 Example 2 3 3 Example 5 2 [5 8] 10 0 5 0 Good Good 8, 9,74 Example 2 3 4 Example 5 2 [5 8] 10 0 10 0 Good Good 8 9.94 Example 2 3 5 Example 5 2 [58] 10 0 2 0 0 Good Good 8 9.91 Example 236 Example 5 2 [5 8] 1.0 0 4 0 0 Good good 8 9.85 Example 2 3 7 Example 5 2 [5 8] 10 0 8 0 0 Good good 8 9.82 Example 238 Example 5 2 [5 8] 10 0 10 0 0 Good good 8 9.81 Example 2 3 9 Example 5 3 [6 01 5 0 Good defect 9 0.00 Example 2 4 0 Example 5 3 [6 0] 5 2 0 Good good 8 9.93 Example 24 1 Example 5 3 16 0] 5 5 0 Good good 8 9.99 Example 2 4 2 Example 5 3 [6 0] 5 10 0 Good good 8 9.90 Example 2 4 3 Example 5 3 [6 0] 5 2 0 0 good good 8 9.89 embodiment 244 embodiment 5 3 16 0] 5 4 0 0 Good good 8 9〇8 8 Example 2 4 5 Example 5 3 [6 0] 5 800 Good good 8 9.92 Example 2 4 6 Example 5 3 16 0] 5 10 0 0 Good good 8 9.94 - 95- 201241046 [Table 1 2 - 3] Polyimide® Coating Fluid Irradiation Strength (m J) Liquid Crystal Alignment Pretilt Angle (. Example number of doubling amount _ when voltage is applied without applied voltage S Example 2 4 7 Example 5 4 [6 0] 10 0 Good defect 9 0. 0 0 Example 2 4 8 Example 5 4 [6 0 ] 10 2 0 Good good 8 9. 9 7 寅 Example 2 4 9 S Example 5 4 [6 01 10 5 0 Good good 8 9. 9 9 Example 2 5 0 Example 5 4 [6 0] 10 10 0 Good good 8 9. 9 3 Example 2 5 1 Example 5 4 [6 0] 10 2 0 0 Good good 8 9. 9 2 Example 2 5 2 Example 5 4 [6 0] 1 0 4 0 0 Good good 8 9. 9 4 Quality application 2 5 3 Example 5 4 [6 0] 10 8 0 0 Good good 8 9. 9 4 Example 2 5 4 Example 5 4 [6 0] 10 10 0 0 Good Good 8 9. 9 1 Example 2 5 5 Example 5 5 [6 01 2 0 0 Good bad 9 0. 0 0 Example 256 Example 5 5 [6 0] 2 0 2 0 Good good 8 9. 9 7 ΗExample 2 5 7 ΗExample 5 5 [6 0] 2 0 5 0 Good good 8 9. 9 0 Example 2 5 8 Example 5 5 [6 01 2 0 10 0 Good good 8 9. 9 9 Qualitative Example 2 5 9 Example 5 5 [6 0] 2 0 2 0 0 Good Good 8 9. 8 5 Example 2 6 0 Example 5 5 [6 0] 2 0 4 0 0 Good good 8 9. 8 7 Example 2 6 1 Example 5 5 [6 0] 2 0 8 0 0 Good good 8 9. 9 0 Example 2 6 2 Example 5 5 [6 0] 2 0 10 0 0 Good and good 8 9. 8 2 Example 2 6 3 Example 5 6 [6 0] 3 0 0 Good bad 9 0. 0 0 Example 2 6 4 Example 5 6 [6 0] 3 0 .20 Good Good 8 9. 9 2 Example 2 6 5 Θ Example 5 6 [6 0] 3 0 5 0 Good good 8 9. 7 9 Η Example 2 6 6 Example 5 6 [6 01 3 0 10 0 Good and good 8 9. 7 6 Example 2 6 7 Example 5 6 [6 0] 3 0 2 0 0 Good good 8 9. 9 0 Example 2 6 8 Example 5 6 [6 01 3 0 4 0 0 Good good 8 9. 8 7 Example 2 6 9 Example 5 6 [60]. 3 0 8 0 0 Good good 8 9. 8 7 Η Example 2 7 0 苡 Example 5 6 [6 0] 3 0 10 0 0 Good Good 8 9. 8 3 Example 2 7 1 Example 57 . [6 0] 5 0 0 Good bad 9 0. 0 0 S Example 2 7 2 Example 5 7 [6 0] 5 0 2 0 Good 8 9. 9 8 Example 2 7 3 Dragon Case 5 7 [6 01 5 0 5 0 . Good Good 8 9. 9 9 Η Example 2 7 4 苡 Example 5 7 [6 01 5 0 10 0 Good Good 8 9 9 2 Η例27 5 Capital Example 5 7 [6 0 1 5 0 2 0 0 Good Good 8 9. 7 7 Simplified 2 7 6 贲 Example 5 7 [6 0] 5 0 4 0 0 Good Good 8 9. 8 6 ΒΤ Example 2 7 7 13 Example 5 7 [6 0] 5 0 8 0 0 Good and good 8 9. 8 9 ® Application 2 7 8 Η Example 5 7 [6 0] 5 0 10 0 0 Good and good 8 9. 8 8 -96 - 201241046 I Table 1 2—4] Coating liquid for forming a polyimide film (I: J) Liquid crystal alignment pretilt angle (. Example No. lion addition amount (wtX) When a voltage is applied without an applied voltage, Example 27 9 Example 5 8 [6 0} 7 0 0 Good defect 9 0. 0 0. Example 280 Example 5 8 [60] 7 0 2 0 Good Good 8 9. 9 0 Example 2 8 1 Example 5 8 [6 0] 7 0 5 0 Good Bu Good 89. 9 9 Example 2 8 2 Example 5 8 [6 0] .70 100 Good good 8 9. 8 9 Example 2 8 3 Example 5 8 [6 0] 7 0 2 0 0 Good good 8 9. 8 6 Example 2 8 4 Example 5 8 [6 0] 7 0 4 0 0 Good good 8 9. 8 0 Example 2 8 5 Example 5 8 [6 01 70 8 0 0 Good good 8 9. 8 4 Example 2 8 6 Example 5 8 [6 0] 7 0 10 0 0 Good Good 8 9. 8 1 Example 2 8 7 Example 5 9 [6 0] 10 0 0 Good bad 9 0. 0 0 Example 2 8 8 Example 5 9 16 0] 10 0 2 0 Good good 8 9. 9 3 Example 2 8 9 Example 5 9 [6 0] 10 0 5 0 Good good 8 9. 9 6 Example 2 9 0 Example 5 9 [6 0] 10 0 10 0 Good good 8 9. 9 2 Example 2 9 1 Example 5 9 [6 0] 10 0 2 0 0 Good Good 8 9. 9 0 Example 292 * Example 59 [6 0] 10 0 4 0 0 Good good 8 9. 8 3 Example 2 9 3 Example 5 9 [6 0] 1 0 0 800 Good good 8 9. 7 5 Example 294 Example 5 9 160] 10 0 10 0 0 Good ▲ Good 8 9 7 6 &lt;Examples 295 to 315 and Comparative Example 9&gt;&lt;Measurement of voltage maintenance ratio (VHR)&gt; The coating liquid for forming a polyimide film prepared using each of the examples shown in Table 13 was used. The liquid crystal cell to be fabricated, the voltage maintenance rate in the initial state

測定。電壓維持率的測定係測定在90°C的溫度下施加4V 的電壓60ps間,16.67ms後之電壓,將電壓可維持多久Determination. The voltage maintenance rate is measured by applying a voltage of 4V at a temperature of 90 ° C for 60 ps, and a voltage after 16.67 ms. How long can the voltage be maintained?

做爲電壓維持率計算。電壓維持率的測定係使用TOYOCalculated as voltage maintenance rate. The voltage maintenance rate is measured using TOYO

Corporation製的VHR-1電壓維持率測定裝置。又,電壓 維持率(VHR)的測定用所作成的液晶晶胞係以使用附IT0 透明電極的玻璃基板作爲基板,聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液 之塗膜之燒成條件爲在加熱至23〇°C的加熱板上進行30分 鐘燒成,摩擦條件爲輥旋轉數I OOOrpm、輥進行速度A VHR-1 voltage maintenance rate measuring device manufactured by Corporation. In addition, the liquid crystal cell system used for the measurement of the voltage maintenance ratio (VHR) is a glass substrate using an IT0 transparent electrode as a substrate, and the coating film of the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film is heated. The firing was carried out for 30 minutes on a hot plate of 23 ° C. The friction conditions were the number of roll rotations of I OOO rpm and the speed of the rolls.

-97 - S 201241046 50mm/sec、壓入量0.3 m m進行製作。又,一倂調整未添 加上述式[A]所表示的化合物者(比較例9),比較效果。結 果如表1 3所示。 該結果,確認藉由使用添加上述式[A]所表示的化合 物的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液,比未添加時更可得到良好 的電壓維持率特性》 【表1 3】 聚sssas娜成用塗佈液 電壓維持率 (¾) 實施例編號 聚雌酸 式[A]所表示的化合物 獅 添加量 實施例2 9 5 實施例1 PAA-1 [10】 10m〇1 % 6 5. 4 寶施例2 9 6 實施例4 PAA-1 【18】 1Omo]% 6 7.. 8 實施例297 實施例5 PAA-1 13 2] 1Omo1 % 65. 6 實施例2 9 8 實施例6 PAA-1 [341 1Omo1 % 85; 2 實施例2 9 9 實卿1 0 PAA-1 【4 61 lwt % 68. 0 實施例3 0 0 實施例1 1 PAA-1 [4 6] 3wt % 7 8. 2 實施例3 0 1 實施例1 2 PAA-1 (46) 5wtX 7 7. 8 實施例3 0 2 實施例15 PAA-1 14 2] lwt% 80. 9 實施例3 0 3 實施例1 6 PAA-1 【4 2] 3w t % 8 3. 0 實施例3 0 4 *施例1 7 PAA-1 [4 2J 5w t % 7 6. 6 實施例30S 實施例2 0 PAA-1 [4 4] lwt % 1 79. 9 實施例3 0 6 實施例2 1 PAA-1 [44] 3wt涔 83. 8 實施例3 0 7 實施例2 2 PAA-1 14 4] 5wt% 8 2. 1 實施例3 0 8 實施例2 5 PAA- 1 15 0] lwt % 6 5, 4 實施例309 實施例2 6 PAA-1 150) 3wt« 6 0. 4 實施例310 實施例2 7 PAA-1 【5 0] 5wt« 6 5.7 實施例31 1 實施例2 8 PAA-1 【5 0] 1 Owt% 6 9. 7 實施例312 實施例2 9 PAA-1 【5 0】 20wt% 6 7·’ 實施例313 實施例3 2 PAA-1 [54] 5v/t% 7 3. 4 實施例314 實施例3 3 PAA-1 154] '1 Owt % 7 4. 5 實施例315 實施例3 4 PAA-1 (5 4) 2 Owt% 7 6. 2 比較例9 一 PAA-1 無 — 5 8.7 &lt;實施例316〜321及比較例10&gt;&lt;累積電荷(RDC)之估算&gt; -98- 201241046 對使用表14所示各實施例所調製的聚醯亞胺膜形成 用塗佈液製作的扭轉向列型液晶晶胞,在23 °C的溫度下使 直流電壓在0V〜0.1V間隔施加至1.0V爲止,測定在各電 壓的閃爍振幅程度,製作檢量線。5分鐘接地後、外加交 流電壓3 · 0 V、直流電壓5.0 V,測定1小時後之閃爍振幅 程度’藉由對照預先作成的檢量線,估算RD C (閃爍對照 法)。又,累積電荷(RDC)之估算測定用所作成的液晶晶胞 係以使用附ΙΤΟ透明電極的玻璃基板作爲基板,聚醯亞胺 膜形成用塗佈液之塗膜之燒成條件爲在加熱至2 3 0 °C的加 熱板上進行 30分鐘燒成,摩擦條件爲輥旋轉數 lOOOrpm、輥進行速度50mm/sec'壓入量〇.3mm製作。 又,一倂調整未添加上述式[A]所表示的化合物者(比較例 1 0),比較效果。結果如表1 4所示。 該結果,確認藉由使用添加上述式[A ]所表示的化合 物的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液,可得到RDC小的液晶晶 胞。 【表1 4】 聚舰胺娜成戶 目塗佈液 RDC 實施例編號 聚醯胺酸 式[A]所表示的化雜 種類 添加量 (mo 1 %) 蓄積· (V) 流失〃 (V) 實施例316 實施例1 PAA- 1 [10】 10 &gt;1 0.3 2 實施例317 實施例2 PAA-1 【12] 10 &gt;1 0.2 8 實施例318 實施例3 PAA- 1 【14] 10 &gt;1 0.17 實施例319 .實施例4 PAA- 1 卜[1 81 10 &gt;1 0.3 8 實施例3 2 0 實施例5 PAA- 1 [3 2] 10 &gt;1 0. 42 實施例3 2 1 實施例6 PAA-1 「【34] 10 0. 82 0.17 比較例1 0 — PAA-1 無 一 &gt;1 0.4 6 *依據光學閃爍參照法,停止直流電壓(DC)後之RDC値 * *停止直流電(DC)30分後的殘留RDC値 -99- 201241046 &lt;實施例322〜329及比較例ll&gt;陳化試驗前後之離子密度 的測定 於上述聚醯胺酸(PAA-1)溶液(l〇.〇g)將作爲修飾用化 合物的合成例所製作的表1 5所示化合物各自對聚醯胺酸 (?八八-1)溶液之固形分(亦即聚醯胺酸(?八八-1))以下述表15 記載之比例之方式添加,至成爲均勻溶液爲止,在室溫進 行攪拌,調製聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液。 接著,對此等各自使用聚合物膜形成用塗佈液(液晶 配向劑)製作的扭轉向列型液晶晶胞,進行初期狀態(23 °C ) 之離子密度測定,又,進行在60°C維持30小時(陳化)後 之離子密度測定。在離子密度測定中,測定對液晶晶胞施 加電壓±10V、周波數0.01Hz的三角波時的離子密度。測 定溫度在80°C進行。測定裝置,所有測定皆使用TOYO Corporation製6245型液晶物性評估裝置。結果如表15 所示。 又,扭轉向列型液晶晶胞,除了聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗 佈液之塗膜之燒成條件爲在加熱成200°C的加熱板上進行 3 0分鐘燒成以外,以進行上述扭轉向列型液晶晶胞(實施 例155〜179)相同的操作製作。又,一倂對未添加修飾用 化合物者進行同樣之操作,比較效果。 該結果,藉由適當選擇修飾用化合物的種類與添加 量,與未添加之場合比較,確認液晶晶胞中的離子性雜質 大幅降低。 -100- 201241046 【表1 5】 聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液-97 - S 201241046 50mm/sec, press-in 0.3 m m for production. Further, the compound (Comparative Example 9) in which the compound represented by the above formula [A] was not added was adjusted, and the effects were compared. The results are shown in Table 13. As a result, it was confirmed that a coating liquid for forming a polyimide film having a compound represented by the above formula [A] was used, and a favorable voltage maintenance ratio characteristic was obtained even when it was not added. [Table 13] Polyssas Nacheng Coating Liquid Voltage Maintenance Rate (3⁄4) Example No. Polyethylate Formula [A] Compound lion addition amount Example 2 9 5 Example 1 PAA-1 [10] 10m〇1 % 6 5. 4 Baoji Example 2 9 6 Example 4 PAA-1 [18] 1Omo]% 6 7.. 8 Example 297 Example 5 PAA-1 13 2] 1Omo1 % 65. 6 Example 2 9 8 Example 6 PAA -1 [341 1Omo1 % 85; 2 Example 2 9 9 Shiqing 1 0 PAA-1 [4 61 lwt % 68. 0 Example 3 0 0 Example 1 1 PAA-1 [4 6] 3wt % 7 8. 2 Example 3 0 1 Example 1 2 PAA-1 (46) 5wtX 7 7. 8 Example 3 0 2 Example 15 PAA-1 14 2] lwt% 80. 9 Example 3 0 3 Example 1 6 PAA -1 [4 2] 3w t % 8 3. 0 Example 3 0 4 *Example 1 7 PAA-1 [4 2J 5w t % 7 6. 6 Example 30S Example 2 0 PAA-1 [4 4] Lwt % 1 79. 9 Example 3 0 6 Example 2 1 PAA-1 [44] 3wt涔 83. 8 Example 3 0 7 Example 2 2 PAA-1 14 4] 5wt% 8 2. 1 Example 3 0 8 Example 2 5 PAA-1 1 0 0] lwt % 6 5, 4 Example 309 Example 2 6 PAA-1 150) 3wt « 6 0. 4 Example 310 Example 2 7 PAA-1 [5 0] 5wt « 6 5.7 Example 31 1 Example 2 8 PAA-1 [5 0] 1 Owt% 6 9. 7 Example 312 Example 2 9 PAA-1 [5 0] 20wt% 6 7·' Example 313 Example 3 2 PAA-1 [54] 5v/t% 7 3. 4 Example 314 Example 3 3 PAA-1 154] '1 Owt % 7 4. 5 Example 315 Example 3 4 PAA- 1 (5 4) 2 Owt% 7 6. 2 Comparative Example 9 A PAA-1 No - 5 8.7 &lt;Examples 316 to 321 and Comparative Example 10&gt;&lt;Estimation of cumulative charge (RDC)&gt; -98- 201241046 The twisted nematic liquid crystal cell produced by using the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film prepared in each of the examples shown in Table 14 was applied at a temperature of 23 ° C at a time interval of 0 V to 0.1 V. From 1.0 V, the degree of flicker amplitude at each voltage was measured to prepare a calibration curve. After 5 minutes of grounding, an external AC voltage of 3.0 V, a DC voltage of 5.0 V, and the degree of flicker amplitude after one hour of measurement were measured. RD C (flicker control method) was estimated by comparing a previously prepared calibration curve. Further, in the liquid crystal cell system for estimating the cumulative charge (RDC), a glass substrate using a transparent electrode is used as a substrate, and a coating film for a coating liquid for forming a polyimide film is heated. The mixture was fired on a hot plate at 203 ° C for 30 minutes, and the rubbing conditions were a number of revolutions of 100 rpm, and a roll speed of 50 mm/sec. Further, the compound represented by the above formula [A] was not added (Comparative Example 10), and the effects were compared. The results are shown in Table 14. As a result, it was confirmed that a liquid crystal cell having a small RDC can be obtained by using a coating liquid for forming a polyimide film formed by adding the compound represented by the above formula [A]. [Table 1 4] Polysodium sulphate coating liquid RDC Example No. Polyamine type [A] The amount of addition of the impurity type (mo 1 %) Accumulation · (V) Loss 〃 (V) Example 316 Example 1 PAA-1 [10] 10 &gt; 1 0.3 2 Example 317 Example 2 PAA-1 [12] 10 &gt; 1 0.2 8 Example 318 Example 3 PAA-1 [14] 10 &gt ;1 0.17 Example 319. Example 4 PAA-1 Bu [1 81 10 &gt; 1 0.3 8 Example 3 2 0 Example 5 PAA-1 [3 2] 10 &gt; 1 0. 42 Example 3 2 1 Example 6 PAA-1 "[34] 10 0. 82 0.17 Comparative Example 1 0 - PAA-1 None 1 &gt; 1 0.4 6 * According to the optical scintillation reference method, the RDC 値* * stops after stopping the DC voltage (DC) Residual RDC 30-99-201241046 after direct current (DC) 30 minutes &lt;Examples 322 to 329 and Comparative Example ll&gt; Determination of ion density before and after the aging test in the above polylysine (PAA-1) solution (l 〇.〇g) The solids of each of the compounds shown in Table 15 prepared as a synthesis example of a compound for modification, which is a polyglycine (?8-8) solution (ie, polylysine (? -1)) is added in the proportions shown in Table 15 below. The coating liquid for forming a polyimide film is prepared by stirring at room temperature until it is a uniform solution. Next, a twisted nematic type produced by using a coating liquid for forming a polymer film (liquid crystal alignment agent) is used. The liquid crystal cell was subjected to ion density measurement in an initial state (23 ° C), and ion density measurement was carried out after maintaining at 60 ° C for 30 hours (aging). In the ion density measurement, measurement of a voltage applied to the liquid crystal cell was performed. The ion density at the time of the triangular wave of ±10 V and the number of cycles of 0.01 Hz. The measurement temperature was carried out at 80 ° C. The measurement device was a 6245 liquid crystal physical property evaluation device manufactured by TOYO Corporation. The results are shown in Table 15. In the lining liquid crystal cell, the firing condition of the coating film for forming a polyimide film is a firing condition of 30 minutes on a hot plate heated at 200 ° C to perform the above-described twisted nematic type. The liquid crystal cell (Examples 155 to 179) was produced in the same manner. Further, the same operation was carried out for the compound to which no modification was added, and the effect was compared. The result was obtained by appropriately selecting the compound for modification. Type and amount of addition, comparison with the case of no addition, in the liquid crystal cell to confirm significantly reduced ionic impurities. -100-201241046 polyimide film [15] Table-forming coating solution

&lt;實施例330〜342&gt; 在上述所製作的聚醯fee酸(PAA-1)溶液(i〇.〇g),將作 爲修飾用化合物的上述合成例所製作的下述表16記載之 化合物,各自以相對聚醯胺酸(P A A-1)溶液之固形分(亦即 聚醯胺酸(PAA-1))爲下述表16記載之比例之方式添加, 至成爲均勻溶液爲止,在室溫進行攪拌,調製實施例3 3 0 〜3 42的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液。 【表1 6】 聚醯胺酸 修飾用化合物 種類 添加量(wt%) 實施例3 3 0 P AA - 1 合成例3 7 [7 6] 10 實施例3 3 1 P AA- 1 合成例3 7 [7 6] 15 實施例3 3 2 P AA- 1 合成例3 7 [7 6] 2 0 實施例3 3 3 P AA- 1 合成例3 8 [7 8] 5 實施例3 3 4 P AA- 1 合成例3 8 [7 8] 10 實施例3 3 5 P AA- 1 合成例3 8 [7 8] 2 0 實施例3 3 6 P AA- 1 合成例3 8 [7 8] 3 0 實施例3 3 7 P AA- 1 合成例3 8 [7 8] 4 0 實施例3 3 8 P AA- 1 合成例3 8 [7 8] 5 0 實施例3 3 9 PAA-1 合成例3 8 [7 8] 7 0 實施例3 4 0 P AA- 1 合成例3 9 [8 0] 5 實施例3 4 1 P AA- 1 合成例3 9 [8 0] 6 實施例3 4 2 P AA- 1 合成例3 9 [8 0] 7 •101 - 201241046 〈實施例343〜344&gt; 在上述所製作的聚醯胺酸(PAA-3)溶液(4〇 〇g)中,將 作爲修飾用化合物的上述合成例所製作的下述表17記載 之化合物’各自以相對聚醯胺酸(PAA-3)溶液之固形分(亦 即聚醯胺酸(PAA-3))爲表17記載之質量%之方式添加,至 成爲均句溶液爲止,在室溫進行攪拌,調製實施例343〜 3 44之聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液。 【表1 7】 聚醯胺酸 修飾用化合物 添加量(wt%) 實施例3 4 3 P AA- 3 [7 0] 7 0 實施例3 4 4 P AA- 3 [7 0] 10 0 &lt;實施例345〜447&gt;&lt;液晶配向性評估及垂直配向模式用反 平行液晶晶胞之預傾角測定&gt; [液晶配向膜及液晶晶胞之製作] 使用上述各實施例330〜3 44所調製的聚醯亞胺膜形 成用塗佈液(液晶配向劑),如以下製作液晶晶胞。 將聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液(液晶配向劑)在玻璃基板 進行旋轉塗佈,在80 °C的加熱板上進行70秒鐘乾燥後, 在加熱至200°C的熱風循環式烤箱進行30分鐘燒成,形成 膜厚100nm的塗膜。 之後,對該塗膜面以直線偏光UV光線(UV波長 3 13nm、照射強度8.0mW/cnT2)在曝光量〇mJ〜lOOOmJ間 變化、且對板之法線傾斜40。照射。又’直線偏光UV係 由高壓水銀燈的紫外光通過313nm的帶通爐波器後、通 -102- 201241046 過313 nm的偏光板所調製的。 準備進行如此液晶配向處理的附液晶配向膜的基板2 片,在其中1片的液晶配向膜面上散佈6μηι的間隔件 後,由其上印刷密封劑,另1片基板以液晶配向膜面相 向、照射的偏光方向成爲平行之方式貼合、使密封劑硬化 以製作空晶胞。該空晶胞以減壓注入法,注入液晶MLC-6608(Merck公司製),將注入口封閉,而得到各垂直配向 模式用反平行液晶晶胞。 接著,製作的上述液晶晶胞以偏光板挾持,在從後部 照射背光的狀態,使液晶晶胞旋轉,明暗的變化或流動配 向之有無以及液晶是否配向以目視觀察,顯示良好的配向 性。之後,施加3 V交流電壓於液晶晶胞,將液晶是否配 向以目視觀察。此時,用下述之基準進行評估。結果如表 18-1〜18-4所示。 評估基準 良好:可確認液晶的配向,且無流動配向 不良:液晶雖進行配向,但觀察到許多流動配向 又’對製作的上述液晶晶胞,在1 2 0。(:進行1小時加 熱後,進行預傾角的測定。預傾角爲使用Axo Metrix公 司的「Axo Scan」’以穆勒矩陣法進行測定。結果如表 1 8 -1〜1 8-4所示。 該結果,如表18-1〜18-4所示,藉由使用添加具有 光反應性側鏈的修飾用化合物的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液 (液晶配向處理劑),確認即使在進行光配向處理場合中可 -103- 201241046 得到良好的垂直配向性。又,藉由對本發明的聚醯亞胺膜 形成用塗佈液(液晶配向處理劑)照射偏光紫外線,確認在 離垂直些許傾斜狀態有使液晶配向的能力。進一步,亦確 認藉由控制添加量與照射量,可使預傾角微調整。由此 等,本發明的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液(液晶配向處理劑) 可利用在垂直配向方式的液晶顯示元件用的液晶配向膜, 且可說亦可用作爲光配向法所使用的液晶配向膜。 【表1 8 - 1】 聚醯亞胺娜成用塗f 酿 照射強度 液晶配向性 實施例編號 mm 添加S (wt*) (m J) 無外加 電壓時 外加 電壓時 孭傾月 (° ) 食鈿例3 4 5 S施例3 4 3 [7 0] 7 0 0 良好 不良 9 0. 0 0 實施例3 4 6 實施例3 4 3 [7 0] 7 0 5 0 良好 良好 9 0, 0 0 食施例3 4 7 S施例3 4 3 [7 0] 7 0 10 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 2 實施例3 4 8 實施例3 4 3 [7 0] 7 0 2 0 0 良好 良》 8 9. 9 0 _實施例3 4 9 ET施例3 4 3 [7 0] 7 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 0 -實施例3 5 0 Η施例3 4 3 [7 0] 7 0 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 6 ΐ施例3 5 1 ΪΪ施例3 4 3 [7 0] 7 0 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 7 9 S:施例3 5 2 僉施例3 4 4 [7 0] 10 0 0 良好 不良 9 0. 0 0 實施例3 5 3 Η施例3 4 4. [7 0] 10 0 5 0 良好 良好 8 9. ί) 3 實施例3 5 4 Κ施例3 4 4 [7 0] 10 0 10 0 「良好 良好 8 9. 9 3 實施例3 5 5 货施例3 4 4 [7 0] 10 0 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9, 8 8 實施例3 5 6 Η施例3 4 4 [7 0] 10 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9, 8 9 實施例3 5 7 β施例3 4 4 [7 0] 10 0 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 7 3 實施例3 5 8 Η施例3 4 4 [7 0] 10 0 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 7 0 實施例3 5 9 ΪΓ施例3 3 0 [7 6] 10 0 良好 不良 9 0. 0 0 實施例3 6 0 β施例3 3 0 [7 6] 10 2 0 良好 良好 8 9. 3 9 實施例3 6 1 S施例3 3 0 [7 6] 10 5 0 良好 良好 8 9. 0 0 實施例3 6 2 β施例3 3 0 [7 6] 10 10 0 良好 良好 8 8. 7 2 簡例3 6 3 ΒΤ施例3 3 0 [7 6] 10 2 0 0 良好 8 8, 8 8 實施例3 6 4 ST施例3 3 0 [7 6] 10 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 0 6 實施例3 6 5 W施例3 3 1 [7 6] 15 0 _良好 不良 9 0. 0 0 實施例3 6 6 β施例3 3 1 [7 6] 1 5 2 0 .良好 良好 8 9. 6 5 S施例3 6 7 ΕΤ施例3 3 1 [7 6] 1 5 5 0 良好 良好 8 9. 5 7 Θ施例3 6 8 Κ施例3 3 1 [7 6] 15 10 0 良好 良好 8 9. 5 7 龍例3 6 9 ΪΪ施例3 3 1 [7 6] 15 2 0 0 -良好 良好 8 9. 4 4 0施例3 7 0 ΕΤ施例3 3 1 [7 6] 15 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 4 2 -104- 201241046 【表1 8 — 2】 聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗fi 酿 照射強度 (m J) 液晶配向性 預傾角 (。) 實施例編號 麵 添加量 (wt%) 無外加 電壓時 外加 電壓時 實施例3 7 1 實施例3 3 2 [7 6] 2 0 0 良好 不良 9 0. 0 0 實施例3 7 2 實施例3 3 2 [7 6] 2 0 2 0 良好 良好 8 9〇 9 0 實施例3 7 3 實施例3.3 2 [7 6] 2 0 5 0 良好 良好 8 9. 7 6 實施例3 7 4 實施例3 3 2 [7 6] 2 0 10 0 良好 良好 8 9. 7 0 實施例3 7 5 實施例3 3 2 [7 6] 2 0 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 4 8 實施例3 7 6 實施例3 3 2 [7 6] 2 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 5 4 實施例3 7 7 實施例3 3 3 [7 8] 5 0 良好 不良 9 0. 0 0 實施例3 7 8 實施例3 3 3 [7 83 5 2 0 良好 良好 8 8. 8 0 實施例3 7 9 實施例3 3 3 [7 8] 5 5 0 良好 良好 8 8. 2 4 實施例3 8 0 實施例3 3 3 [7 8] 5 10 0 良好 良好 8 8. 2 7 實施例3 8 1 實施例3 3 3 [7 8] 5 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 8. 2 8 實施例3 8 2 實施例3 3 3 [7 8] 5 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 8. 5 6 實施例3 8 3 實施例3 3 3 [7 8] 5 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 8. 6 4 實施例3 8 4 實施例3 3 3 [7 8] 5 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 8. 5 8 實施例3 8 S 實施例3 3 4 [7 8] 10 0 良好 不良 9 0. 0 0 實施例3 8 6 實施例3 3 4 [7 8] 10 2 0 良好 良好 8 9. 6 8 實施例3 8 7 實施例3 3 4 [7 8] 10 5 0 良好 良好 8 9. 3 8 實施例3 8 8 實施例3 3 4 [7 8] 10 10 0 良好 良好 8 9. 2 8 實施例3 8 9 實施例3 3 4 [7 8] 10 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 10 實施例3 9 0 實施例3 3 4 [7 8] 10 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 2 7 實施例3 9 1 實施例3 3 4 [7 8] 10 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 3 1 實施例3 9 2 實施例3 3 4 [7 8] 10 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 18 實施例3 9 3 實施例3 3 5 [7 8] 2 0 0 良好 不良 9 0. 0 0 實施例3 9 4 實施例3 3 5 [7 8] 2 0 2 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 1 實施例3 9 5 實施例3 3 5 [7 8] 2 0 5 0 良好 良好 8 9. 5 2 實施例3 9 6 實施例3 3 5 [7 8] 2 0 10 0 良好 .良好 8 9. 5 2 實施例3 9 7 實施例3 3 5 [7 8] 2 0 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 3 6 實施例3 9 8 實施例3 3 5 [7 8] 2 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 3 2 實施例3 9 9 實施例3 3 5 [7 8] 2 0 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9 . 3 0 實施例4 0 0 實施例3 3 5 [7 8] 2 0 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 2 8 -105- 201241046 【表1 8 - 3】 聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗1 布液 照射強度 (m J ) 液晶 記向性 預傾角 (。) 實施例編號 麵 添加量 (wt%) 無外加 電壓時 外加 電壓時 實施例4 0 1 實施例3 3 6 [7 8] 3 0 0 良好 不良 9 0. 0 0 實施例4 0 2 實施例3 3 6 [7 8] 3 0 2 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 8 實施例4 0 3 實施例3 3 6 [7 8] 3 0 5 0 良好 良好 8 9. 7 1 實施例4 0 4 實施例3 3 6 [7 8] 3 0 10 0 良好 良好 8 9. 5 5 實施例4 0 5 實施例3 3 6 [7 8] 3 0 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 4 3 實施例4 0 6 實施例3 3 6 [7 8] 3 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 3 1. S施例4 0 7 實施例3 3 6 [7 8] 3 0 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 3 0 實施例4 0 8 實施例3 3 6 [7 8] 3 0 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 3 3 0施例4 0 9 實施例3 3 7 [7 8] 4 0 0 良好 不良 9 0 . 0 0 實施例4 1 0 實施例3 3 7 17 8] 4 0 2 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 1 實施例411 實施例3 3 7 [7 8] 4 0 5 0 良好 良好 8 9. 7 0 實施例4 1 2 實施例3 3 7 [7 8] 4 0 10 0 良好 良好 8 9. 5 7 資施例4 1 3 實施例3 3 7 [7 8] 4 0 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 4 3 實施例4 1 4 β施例3 3 7 [7 8] 4 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 4 4 實施例4 1 5 實施例3 3 7 [7 8] 4 0 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 3 2 實施例4 1 6 龍例3 3 7 [7 8]. 4 0 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 2 6 實施例4 1 7 Θ施例3 3 8 [7 8]. 5 0 0 良好 不良 9 0. 0 0 實施例418 實施例3 3 8 [7 8] 5 0 2 0 良好 良好 8 9. 9 8 實施例4 1 9 Η施例3 3 8 [7 8] 5 0 5 0 良好 良好 8 9. 8 2 實施例4 2 0 實施例3 3 8 [7 8] 5 0 10 0 良好 良好 8 9. 7 3 實施例4 2 1 责施例3 3 8 [7 8] 5 0 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 7 8 S施例4 2 2, Η施例3 3 8 [7 8] 5 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 7 5 實施例4 2 3 飾例3 3 8 [7 8] 5 0 8 0 0 良好 良好 8 9. 7 3 β施例4 2 4 贲施例3 3 8 [7 8] 5 0 10 0 0 良好 良好 8 9 . 7 4 -106- 201241046 【表1 8 - 4】 實施例4 2 5 聚醯亞胺膣形成田涂^ 布液 照射強度 (m J ) 0 抵A3 實施例編號 貫施例3 3 9 _ [7 8] 添加量 (wtX) 7 0 S外加 良好 外加 電艇里 yc a 預傾角 (。〉 實施例4 2 6 實施例4 2 7 Ϊ施例4 2 R 3 3 9 實施例3 3 9 會偷伽,0 Λ [7 8] [7 8] 7 0 7 0 2 0 5 0 个Λ 良好 9 0. 〇〇 8 9. 94 8 9.89 _實施例4 2 9 實施例3 3 9 L7 8] [7 8] 7 0 7 0 10 0 2 0 0 良好 好 良好 8 9.85 實施例4 3 0 實施例3 3 9 [7 8] 7 0 4 0 0 良好 良好 〇 y * ( 〇. 實施例4 31 實施例4 3 2 |實施例3 3 9 實施例3 3 9 [7 8] [7 8] 7 0 —71. 8 0 0 10—0 0 良好 好 —良好 好 良好 〇 y · 4 〇 8 9.49 &quot;δΤΓΤΤ' 9 0 . 0 〇~ 8 9. 95 8 9. 7V 8 9 6 2 實施例4 3 3 實施例3 4 0 [8 0] 5 0 實施例4 3 4 實施例3 4 0 [8 0] 5 2 0 良 實施例4 3 5 實施例3 4 0 「[8 0] 5 5 0 實施例4 3 6 實施供j 3 4 0 [8 0] 5 10 0 實施例4 3 7 實施例3 4 0 [8 0] 5 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9 6 0 實施例4 3 8 實施例3 41 [8 0] 6 0 良好 -ϋ. 良好 9 0. 0〇 8 9 9 5— 實施例4 3 9 賣施例341 [8 0] 6 2 0 實施例4 4 0 實施例3 41 [8 0] 6 5 0 良好 良好 8 9 . 7 〇~ Λ Q ο &quot; 實施例4 41 實施例3 4 1 [8 0] 6 10 0 良好 實施例4 4 2 實施例3 41 [8 0] 6 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9 . 6〇— 實施例4 4 3 實施例3 4 2 [8 0] 7 0 良好 不良 良好 9 0 . 0~〇~ 8 9, 9 4、 實施例444 實_ 3 4 2 [8 0] 7 2 0 良好 實施例4 4 5 實施例3 4 2 [8 0] 7 5 0 良好 良好 8 9. 74 實施例4 4 6 實施例3 4 2 [8 0] 7 10 0 良好 良好 8 9. 5 7~ 實施例4 4 7 實施例3 4 2 [8 0] 7 2 0 0 良好 良好 8 9 . 6 3 &lt;實施例448〜471&gt; 上述所製作的聚醯胺酸(PAA-1)溶液(lO.Og)中,將作 爲修飾用化合物的上述合成例所製作的下述表1 9記載之 化合物,各自以相對聚醯胺酸(PAA-1)溶液之固形分(亦即 聚醯胺酸(PAA-1))爲下述表19記載之比例之方式添加, 至成爲均勻溶液爲止,在室溫進行攪拌,調製實施例448 〜47 1的聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液。 -107- 201241046 【表1 9 I 聚醯胺酸 修飾用化合物 麵 添加量 (w t %) S施例4 4 8 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7 2] .5 0 fr施例4 4 9 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7 2] 5 0 龍例4 5 0 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7 2] 5 0 K施例4 5 1 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7 2] 5 0 β施例4 5 2 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7 2] 5 0 贲施例4 5 3 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7 2] 5 0 13施例4 5 4 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7 2] 7 0 實施例4 5 5 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7 2] 7 0 ΪΓ施例4 5 6 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7 2] 7 0 ΒΓ施例4 5 7 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7 2] 7 0 U施例4 5 8 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7 2] 7 0 β施例4 5 9 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7 2] 7 0 β施例4 6 0 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7 2] 10 0 簡例4 6 1 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7 2] 10 0 β:施例4 6 2 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7.2] 10 0 K施例4 6 3 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7 2] 10 0 S施例4 6 4 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 [7 2] 10 0 Η施例4 6 5 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 5 17 2] 10 0 β施例4 6 6 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 6 [7 4] 5 0 ΪΪ施例4 6 7 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 6 [7 4] 5 0 龍例4 6 8 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 6 [7 4] 5 0 Κ施例4 6 9 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 6 [7 4] 5 0 13施例4 7 0 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 6 [7 4] 5 0 G施初4 7 1 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 合成例3 6 [7 4] 5 0 &lt;實施例472〜495&gt;&lt;水平配向模式用反平行晶胞之液晶配 向性評估&gt; [液晶配向膜及液晶晶胞之製作] 使用上述各實施例448〜471所調製的聚醯亞胺膜形 成用塗佈液(液晶配向劑),如以下製作液晶晶胞。 將聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液(液晶配向劑)在玻璃基板 進行旋轉塗佈,在80°C的加熱板上進行70秒鐘乾燥後, 在加熱至200°C的熱風循環式烤箱進行30分鐘燒成,形成 膜厚100nm的塗膜。 之後’對該塗膜面以直線偏光UV光線(UV波長 313nm、照射強度8.0mW/cm·2)在曝光量OmJ〜lOOOmJ間 -108- 201241046 變化、由基板的正上方照射。又,直線偏光UV係藉由高 壓水銀燈的紫外光通過3 1 3nm的帶通濾波器後、通過 313nm的偏光板所調製的。 準備進行如此液晶配向處理的附液晶配向膜的基板2 片,在其中1片的液晶配向膜面上散佈6μιη的間隔件 後,由其上印刷密封劑,另1片基板以液晶配向膜面相 向、照射的偏光方向成爲平行之方式貼合、使密封劑硬化 以製作空晶胞。該空晶胞以減壓注入法,注入液晶MLC-204 1 (Merck公司製),將注入口封閉而得到水平配向模式 用反平行液晶晶胞。 接著,製作的上述水平配向模式用反平行液晶晶胞以 偏光板挾持,在從後部照射背光的狀態,使液晶晶胞旋 轉,明暗的變化或流動配向之有無以及將液晶是否配向以 目視觀察。此時,用下述之基準進行評估。結果如表20 所示。 評估基準 ◎:可確認液晶的配向,且無流動配向 〇:液晶雖進行配向,但觀察到若干流動配向 △:液晶雖進行配向,但觀察到許多流動配向 k :液晶全無配向 該結果在任一液晶晶胞中在未進行光照射的液晶晶胞 完全無顯示配向性,但在進行光照射的液晶晶胞中,因應 修飾用化合物的添加量及光照射量,確認液晶配向。又, 將確認到配向的各液晶晶胞在130°C進行30分等方向處理 -109- 201241046 的場合並無確認配向性顯著變化。亦即’確認藉由適當 選擇添加劑之種類與添加量,可容易製作水平配向性晶 胞。 【表2 0】 聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液 照射強度 (m J) 配向 有無 實施例編號 mm 添加量 (w t %) 實施例4 7 2 K施例4 4 8 [7 2] 5 0 0 X 實施例4 7 3 實施例4 4 9 [7 2] 5 0 2 0 〇 實施例4 7 4 讎例4 5 0 [7 2] 5 0 5 0 〇 實施例4 7 5 施例4 5 1. [7 2] 5 0 10 0 〇 實施例4 7 6 贲施例4 5 2 [7 2]. 5 0 2 0 0 ◎ 實施例4 7 .7 韻例4 5 3 [7 2] 5 0 5 0 0 ◎ 實施例4 7 8 讎例4 5 4 [7 2] 7 0 0 X 實施例4 7 9 麵例4 5 5 [7 2] 7 0 2 0 .〇 實施例4 8 0 飾例4 5 6 [7 2] 7 0 5 0 ◎ 實施例4 8 1 讎例4 5 7 [7 2] 7 0 10 0 ◎ 實施例4 8 2 麵例4 5 8 [7 2] 7 0 2 0 0 ◎ 實施例4 8 3 麵例4 5 9 [7 2] 7 0 5 0 0 ◎ 實施例4 8 4 讎例4 6 0 [7 2] 10 0 0 X 實施例4 8 5 麵例4 6 1 [7 2] 10 0 2 0 ◎ 實施例4 8 6 货施例4 6 2 [7 2〕 10 0 5 0 ◎ 實施例4 8 7 贲施例4 6 3 [7 2] 10 0 10 0 ◎ 實施例4 8 8 Η施例4 6 4 [7 2] 10 0 2 0 0 ◎ 實施例4 8 9 Κ施例4 6 5 [7 2] 10 0 5 0 0 ◎ 實施例4 9 0 贲施例4 6 6 [7 4] 5 0 0 X 實施例4 9 1 實施例4 6 7 [7 4] 5 0 2 0 〇 實施例4 9 2 ΪΓ施例4 6 8 [7 4] 5 0 5 0 〇 實施例4 9 3 施k 4 6 9 [7 4] 5 0 10 0 ◎ 實施例4 9 4 讎例4 7 0 [74]. 5 0 2 0 0 ◎ 實施例4 9 5 13施例4 7 1 [7 4] 5 0 5 0 0 ◎ -110-&lt;Examples 330 to 342&gt; The compound described in the following Table 16 produced as the above-mentioned synthesis example of the compound for modification of the polyfluorene fee acid (PAA-1) solution (i〇.〇g) produced above Each of them is added in a ratio of the solid content of the poly-proline (PA A-1) solution (that is, polyamic acid (PAA-1)) as described in the following Table 16 until it becomes a homogeneous solution. The coating liquid for forming a polyimine film of Example 3 3 0 to 3 42 was prepared by stirring at room temperature. [Table 16] Addition amount (wt%) of compound for polyaminic acid modification Example 3 3 0 P AA - 1 Synthesis Example 3 7 [7 6] 10 Example 3 3 1 P AA-1 Synthesis Example 3 7 [7 6] 15 Example 3 3 2 P AA-1 Synthesis Example 3 7 [7 6] 2 0 Example 3 3 3 P AA-1 Synthesis Example 3 8 [7 8] 5 Example 3 3 4 P AA- 1 Synthesis Example 3 8 [7 8] 10 Example 3 3 5 P AA-1 Synthesis Example 3 8 [7 8] 2 0 Example 3 3 6 P AA-1 Synthesis Example 3 8 [7 8] 3 0 Example 3 3 7 P AA-1 Synthesis Example 3 8 [7 8] 4 0 Example 3 3 8 P AA-1 Synthesis Example 3 8 [7 8] 5 0 Example 3 3 9 PAA-1 Synthesis Example 3 8 [7 8] 7 0 Example 3 4 0 P AA-1 Synthesis Example 3 9 [8 0] 5 Example 3 4 1 P AA-1 Synthesis Example 3 9 [8 0] 6 Example 3 4 2 P AA- 1 Synthesis Example 3 9 [8 0] 7 • 101 - 201241046 <Examples 343 to 344> In the above-prepared polylysine (PAA-3) solution (4 μg), the above synthesis as a compound for modification was carried out. The compounds of the following Table 17 produced by the examples are each in a form of a mass fraction relative to the solid content of the polyamido acid (PAA-3) solution (that is, polyglycine (PAA-3)) as shown in Table 17. Add to, The coating liquid for forming a polyimine film of Examples 343 to 3 44 was prepared by stirring at room temperature until it became a uniform solution. [Table 1 7] Compounding amount (wt%) of compound for polyaminic acid modification Example 3 4 3 P AA- 3 [7 0] 7 0 Example 3 4 4 P AA- 3 [7 0] 10 0 &lt; [Examples 345 to 447] &lt;Liquid alignment evaluation and pre-tilt angle measurement of the antiparallel liquid crystal cell in the vertical alignment mode&gt; [Production of liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal cell] The modulation was carried out using the above respective examples 330 to 34. The coating liquid for forming a polyimide film (liquid crystal alignment agent) was used to produce a liquid crystal cell as follows. The coating liquid for forming a polyimide film (liquid crystal alignment agent) was spin-coated on a glass substrate, dried on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 70 seconds, and then heated to 200 ° C in a hot air circulating oven. The film was fired in 30 minutes to form a coating film having a film thickness of 100 nm. Thereafter, the coating film surface was linearly polarized with UV light (UV wavelength 3 13 nm, irradiation intensity 8.0 mW/cnT2) between exposure amounts 〇mJ to 1000 mJ, and was inclined at 40 to the normal of the plate. Irradiation. Further, the linear polarized UV system was prepared by passing the ultraviolet light of a high-pressure mercury lamp through a 313 nm band-pass filter and passing through a polarizing plate of 313 nm at -102-201241046. Prepare the substrate 2 sheet with the liquid crystal alignment film subjected to the liquid crystal alignment treatment, and spread a spacer of 6 μm on one of the liquid crystal alignment film surfaces, and then seal the sealant thereon, and the other substrate is aligned with the liquid crystal alignment film surface. The polarizing direction of the irradiation is applied in parallel so that the sealant is hardened to form an empty unit cell. This empty cell was injected into a liquid crystal MLC-6608 (manufactured by Merck) by a reduced pressure injection method, and the injection port was closed to obtain an antiparallel liquid crystal cell for each vertical alignment mode. Then, the produced liquid crystal cell is held by a polarizing plate, and the liquid crystal cell is rotated in a state where the backlight is irradiated from the rear, and the change in brightness and darkness, the presence or absence of the flow alignment, and whether or not the liquid crystal is aligned are visually observed, and the alignment is good. Thereafter, a 3 V AC voltage was applied to the liquid crystal cell to visually observe whether or not the liquid crystal was aligned. At this time, the evaluation was performed using the following criteria. The results are shown in Tables 18-1 to 18-4. Evaluation criteria Good: The alignment of the liquid crystal was confirmed, and the flow alignment was not good. Although the liquid crystal was aligned, a large number of flow alignments were observed, and the above-mentioned liquid crystal cell was produced at 120. (: The pretilt angle was measured after heating for 1 hour. The pretilt angle was measured by the "Axo Scan" of Axo Metrix Co., Ltd. by the Mueller matrix method. The results are shown in Tables 18-1 to 1 8-4. As a result, as shown in Tables 18-1 to 18-4, it was confirmed by using a coating liquid for forming a polyimide film having a photoreactive side chain (liquid crystal alignment treatment agent). In the case of performing the photo-alignment treatment, a good vertical alignment property can be obtained from -103 to 201241046. Further, by applying a polarizing ultraviolet ray to the coating liquid for forming a polyimine film of the present invention (liquid crystal alignment treatment agent), it is confirmed that it is slightly perpendicular to the vertical direction. In the slanted state, the liquid crystal alignment treatment is performed. Further, it is also confirmed that the pretilt angle can be finely adjusted by controlling the amount of addition and the amount of irradiation. Thus, the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of the present invention (liquid crystal alignment treatment) A liquid crystal alignment film for a liquid crystal display element of a vertical alignment type can be used, and it can be said that it can also be used as a liquid crystal alignment film used for a photo-alignment method. [Table 1 8 - 1] Polyimine Brewing intensity Liquid crystal alignment example No. mm Add S (wt*) (m J) When no voltage is applied, when voltage is applied, 孭 月 (°) Example 3 4 5 S Example 3 4 3 [7 0] 7 0 0 Good Bad 9 0. 0 0 Example 3 4 6 Example 3 4 3 [7 0] 7 0 5 0 Good good 9 0, 0 0 Food application 3 4 7 S Example 3 4 3 [7 0] 7 0 10 0 Good good 8 9. 9 2 Example 3 4 8 Example 3 4 3 [7 0] 7 0 2 0 0 Good good 8 9. 9 0 _ Example 3 4 9 ET Example 3 4 3 [7 0 7 0 4 0 0 Good good 8 9. 9 0 - Example 3 5 0 Η Example 3 4 3 [7 0] 7 0 8 0 0 Good good 8 9. 8 6 ΐ Example 3 5 1 ΪΪ 3 4 3 [7 0] 7 0 10 0 0 Good good 8 9. 7 9 S: Example 3 5 2 佥 Example 3 4 4 [7 0] 10 0 0 Good bad 9 0. 0 0 Example 3 5 3 Η例例 3 4 4. [7 0] 10 0 5 0 Good Good 8 9. ί) 3 Example 3 5 4 Κ Example 3 4 4 [7 0] 10 0 10 0 "Good Good 8 9. 9 3 Example 3 5 5 Cargo Example 3 4 4 [7 0] 10 0 2 0 0 Good Good 8 9, 8 8 Example 3 5 6 Η Example 3 4 4 [7 0] 10 0 4 0 0 Good and good 8 9, 8 9 Example 3 5 7 β Example 3 4 4 [7 0] 10 0 8 0 0 Good good 8 9. 7 3 Example 3 5 8 Η Example 3 4 4 [7 0] 10 0 10 0 0 Good good 8 9. 7 0 Example 3 5 9 ΪΓ Example 3 3 0 [7 6] 10 0 Good Bad 9 0. 0 0 Example 3 6 0 β Example 3 3 0 [7 6] 10 2 0 Good good 8 9. 3 9 Example 3 6 1 S Example 3 3 0 [7 6] 10 5 0 Good Good 8 9. 0 0 Example 3 6 2 β Example 3 3 0 [7 6] 10 10 0 Good good 8 8. 7 2 Simple example 3 6 3 Example 3 3 0 [7 6] 10 2 0 0 Good 8 8, 8 8 Example 3 6 4 ST Example 3 3 0 [7 6] 10 4 0 0 Good Good 8 9. 0 6 Example 3 6 5 W Example 3 3 1 [7 6] 15 0 _ Good bad 9 0. 0 0 Example 3 6 6 β Example 3 3 1 [7 6] 1 5 2 0 . Good good 8 9. 6 5 S Example 3 6 7 ΕΤ Example 3 3 1 [7 6] 1 5 5 0 Good good 8 9. 5 7 Θ Example 3 6 8 Κ Example 3 3 1 [7 6] 15 10 0 Good good 8 9. 5 7 Dragon example 3 6 9 ΪΪ Example 3 3 1 [7 6] 15 2 0 0 - good good 8 9. 4 4 0 application example 3 7 ΕΤ embodiment 3 3 1 [7 6] 15 4 0 0 good good 8 9. 4 2 -104- 201241046 [Table 1 8 — 2] Polymerization intensity (m J) of liquid crystal alignment pre-tilt angle. Example No. Surface Addition Amount (wt%) When a voltage is applied without an applied voltage Example 3 7 1 Example 3 3 2 [7 6] 2 0 0 Good defect 9 0. 0 0 Example 3 7 2 Example 3 3 2 [7 6] 2 0 2 0 Good good 8 9〇9 0 Example 3 7 3 Example 3.3 2 [7 6] 2 0 5 0 Good good 8 9. 7 6 Example 3 7 4 Example 3 3 2 [7 6] 2 0 10 0 Good good 8 9. 7 0 Example 3 7 5 Example 3 3 2 [7 6] 2 0 2 0 0 Good good 8 9. 4 8 Example 3 7 6 Example 3 3 2 [7 6] 2 0 4 0 0 Good good 8 9. 5 4 Example 3 7 7 Example 3 3 3 [7 8] 5 0 Good defect 9 0. 0 0 Example 3 7 8 Example 3 3 3 [7 83 5 2 0 Good good 8 8. 8 0 Example 3 7 9 Example 3 3 3 [7 8] 5 5 0 Good good 8 8. 2 4 Example 3 8 0 Example 3 3 3 [7 8] 5 10 0 Good good 8 8. 2 7 Example 3 8 1 Example 3 3 3 [7 8] 5 2 0 0 Good good 8 8. 2 8 Example 3 8 2 Example 3 3 3 [7 8 ] 5 4 0 0 Good Good 8 8. 5 6 Example 3 8 3 Example 3 3 3 [7 8] 5 8 0 0 Good Good 8 8. 6 4 Example 3 8 4 Example 3 3 3 [7 8 ] 5 10 0 0 Good good 8 8. 5 8 Example 3 8 S Example 3 3 4 [7 8] 10 0 Good defect 9 0. 0 0 Example 3 8 6 Example 3 3 4 [7 8] 10 2 0 Good Good 8 9. 6 8 Example 3 8 7 Example 3 3 4 [7 8] 10 5 0 Good good 8 9. 3 8 Example 3 8 8 Example 3 3 4 [7 8] 10 10 0 Good good 8 9. 2 8 Example 3 8 9 Example 3 3 4 [7 8] 10 2 0 0 Good good 8 9. 10 Example 3 9 0 Example 3 3 4 [7 8] 10 4 0 0 Good good 8 9 2 7 Example 3 9 1 Example 3 3 4 [7 8] 10 8 0 0 Good good 8 9. 3 1 Example 3 9 2 Example 3 3 4 [7 8] 10 10 0 0 Good good 8 9 18 Example 3 9 3 Example 3 3 5 [7 8] 2 0 0 Good defect 9 0. 0 0 Example 3 9 4 Example 3 3 5 [7 8] 2 0 2 0 Good good 8 9. 8 1 Example 3 9 5 Example 3 3 5 [7 8] 2 0 5 0 Good good 8 9. 5 2 Example 3 9 6 Example 3 3 5 [7 8] 2 0 10 0 Good. Good 8 9. 5 2 Example 3 9 7 Example 3 3 5 [7 8] 2 0 2 0 0 Good good 8 9. 3 6 Example 3 9 8 Example 3 3 5 [7 8] 2 0 4 0 0 Good good 8 9. 3 2 Example 3 9 9 Real Example 3 3 5 [7 8] 2 0 8 0 0 Good Good 8 9 . 3 0 Example 4 0 0 Example 3 3 5 [7 8] 2 0 10 0 0 Good Good 8 9. 2 8 -105- 201241046 [Table 1 8 - 3] Coating for polyimine film formation 1 Liquid irradiation intensity (m J ) Liquid crystal recording pretilt angle (. Example No. Surface Addition Amount (wt%) When a voltage is applied without an applied voltage Example 4 0 1 Example 3 3 6 [7 8] 3 0 0 Good defect 9 0. 0 0 Example 4 0 2 Example 3 3 6 [7 8] 3 0 2 0 Good good 8 9. 8 8 Example 4 0 3 Example 3 3 6 [7 8] 3 0 5 0 Good good 8 9. 7 1 Example 4 0 4 Example 3 3 6 [7 8] 3 0 10 0 Good good 8 9. 5 5 Example 4 0 5 Example 3 3 6 [7 8] 3 0 2 0 0 Good good 8 9. 4 3 Example 4 0 6 Example 3 3 6 [7 8] 3 0 4 0 0 Good good 8 9. 3 1. S Example 4 0 7 Example 3 3 6 [7 8] 3 0 8 0 0 Good good 8 9. 3 0 Example 4 0 8 Example 3 3 6 [7 8] 3 0 10 0 0 Good good 8 9. 3 3 0 Example 4 0 9 Example 3 3 7 [7 8] 4 0 0 Good defect 9 0 . 0 0 Example 4 1 0 Example 3 3 7 17 8] 4 0 2 0 Good good 8 9. 8 1 Example 411 Example 3 3 7 [7 8] 4 0 5 0 Good good 8 9. 7 0 Example 4 1 2 Example 3 3 7 [7 8] 4 0 10 0 Good Good 8 9. 5 7 Example 4 1 3 Example 3 3 7 [7 8] 4 0 2 0 0 Good Good 8 9. 4 3 Example 4 1 4 βExample 3 3 7 [7 8] 4 0 4 0 0 Good good 8 9. 4 4 Example 4 1 5 Example 3 3 7 [7 8] 4 0 8 0 0 Good good 8 9. 3 2 Example 4 1 6 Dragon example 3 3 7 [7 8]. 4 0 10 0 0 Good good 8 9. 2 6 Example 4 1 7 Example 3 3 8 [7 8]. 5 0 0 Good defect 9 0. 0 0 Example 418 Example 3 3 8 [7 8] 5 0 2 0 Good good 8 9. 9 8 Example 4 1 9 Example 3 3 8 [7 8] 5 0 5 0 Good good 8 9. 8 2 Example 4 2 0 Example 3 3 8 [7 8] 5 0 10 0 Good good 8 9. 7 3 Example 4 2 1 Example 3 3 8 [7 8] 5 0 2 0 0 Good good 8 9. 7 8 S Example 4 2 2 , Example 3 3 8 [7 8] 5 0 4 0 0 Good Good 8 9. 7 5 Example 4 2 3 Decoration Example 3 3 8 [7 8] 5 0 8 0 0 Good Good 8 9. 7 3 β Example 4 2 4 贲 Example 3 3 8 [7 8] 5 0 10 0 0 Good good 8 9 . 7 4 -106- 201241046 [Table 1 8 - 4] Example 4 2 5 Polyimine oxime forming field Coating liquid irradiation intensity (m J ) 0 to A3 Example number Example 3 3 9 _ [7 8] Adding amount (wtX) 7 0 S plus good plus electric boat yc a pretilt angle (. 〉 Example 4 2 6 Example 4 2 7 Ϊ Example 4 2 R 3 3 9 Example 3 3 9 will steal gamma, 0 Λ [7 8] [7 8] 7 0 7 0 2 0 5 0 Λ Good 9 0. 〇〇8 9. 94 8 9.89 _Example 4 2 9 Example 3 3 9 L7 8] [7 8] 7 0 7 0 10 0 2 0 0 Good and good 8 9.85 Example 4 3 0 Example 3 3 9 [7 8] 7 0 4 0 0 Good good 〇 y * ( 〇. Example 4 31 Example 4 3 2 | Example 3 3 9 Example 3 3 9 [7 8] [7 8] 7 0 —71. 8 0 0 10—0 0 Good good—good good 〇y · 4 〇8 9.49 &quot;δΤΓΤΤ' 9 0 . 0 〇~ 8 9. 95 8 9. 7V 8 9 6 2 Example 4 3 3 Embodiment 3 4 0 [8 0] 5 0 Embodiment 4 3 4 Embodiment 3 4 0 [8 0] 5 2 0 Good Example 4 3 5 Example 3 4 0 "[8 0] 5 5 0 Embodiment 4 3 6 implementation for j 3 4 0 [8 0] 5 10 0 embodiment 4 3 7 embodiment 3 4 0 [8 0] 5 2 0 0 good good 8 9 6 0 embodiment 4 3 8 embodiment 3 41 [8 0] 6 0 Good-ϋ. Good 9 0. 0〇8 9 9 5—Example 4 3 9 Selling Example 341 [8 0] 6 2 0 Example 4 4 0 Example 3 41 [8 0] 6 5 0 Good good 8 9 . 7 〇~ Λ Q ο &quot; Example 4 41 Example 3 4 1 [8 0] 6 10 0 Good Example 4 4 2 Example 3 41 [8 0] 6 2 0 0 Good Good 8 9 . 6〇 - Example 4 4 3 Example 3 4 2 [8 0] 7 0 Good bad good 9 0 . 0~〇~ 8 9, 9 4, Example 444 Real_ 3 4 2 [8 0] 7 2 0 Good example 4 4 5 Example 3 4 2 [8 0] 7 5 0 Good good 8 9. 74 Example 4 4 6 Example 3 4 2 [8 0] 7 10 0 Good good 8 9. 5 7~ Example 4 4 7 Example 3 4 2 [8 0] 7 2 0 0 Good and good 8 9 . 6 3 &lt;Examples 448 to 471&gt; The polyplycine (PAA-1) solution (10.Og) produced above was produced as the above-mentioned synthesis example of the compound for modification. The compounds described in the following Tables 1 9 were each added in such a manner that the solid content of the polyacrylic acid (PAA-1) solution (that is, polyamic acid (PAA-1)) was in the proportions shown in Table 19 below. The coating liquid for forming a polyimide film of Examples 448 to 47 1 was prepared by stirring at room temperature until it became a homogeneous solution. -107- 201241046 [Table 1 9 I Compound addition amount of polyamine acid modification (wt %) S Example 4 4 8 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7 2] .5 0 fr Example 4 4 9 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7 2] 5 0 Dragon Case 4 5 0 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7 2] 5 0 K Example 4 5 1 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7 2 ] 5 0 β Example 4 5 2 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7 2] 5 0 贲 Example 4 5 3 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7 2] 5 0 13 Example 4 5 4 Ρ ΑΑ-1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7 2] 7 0 Example 4 5 5 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7 2] 7 0 ΪΓ Example 4 5 6 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7 2] 7 0 ΒΓ 4 4 4 7 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7 2] 7 0 U Example 4 5 8 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7 2] 7 0 β Example 4 5 9 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7 2] 7 0 β Example 4 6 0 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7 2] 10 0 Simple Example 4 6 1 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7 2] 10 0 β: Example 4 6 2 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7.2] 10 0 K Example 4 6 3 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7 2] 10 0 S Example 4 6 4 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 [7 2] 10 0 Η Example 4 6 5 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 5 17 2] 10 0 β Example 4 6 6 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 6 [7 4] 5 0 ΪΪ Example 4 6 7 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 6 [7 4] 5 0 Dragon Example 4 6 8 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 6 [7 4] 5 0 Κ Example 4 6 9 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 6 [7 4] 5 0 13 Example 4 7 0 Ρ ΑΑ - 1 Synthesis Example 3 6 [7 4] 5 0 G Application 4 7 1 Ρ ΑΑ- 1 Synthesis Example 3 6 [7 4] 5 0 &lt;Examples 472 to 495&gt;&lt; Evaluation of liquid crystal alignment of anti-parallel cells by horizontal alignment mode &gt; [Production of liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal cell] Using the above respective examples A coating liquid (liquid crystal alignment agent) for forming a polyimine film prepared by 448 to 471, and a liquid crystal cell was produced as follows. The coating liquid for forming a polyimide film (liquid crystal alignment agent) was spin-coated on a glass substrate, dried on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 70 seconds, and then heated to 200 ° C in a hot air circulating oven. The film was fired in 30 minutes to form a coating film having a film thickness of 100 nm. Then, the coating film surface was irradiated with linearly polarized UV light (UV wavelength 313 nm, irradiation intensity 8.0 mW/cm·2) between exposure amounts of OmJ to 1000 mJ -108 to 201241046, and was irradiated directly above the substrate. Further, the linearly polarized UV was modulated by a 313 nm polarizing plate by passing ultraviolet light of a high pressure mercury lamp through a bandpass filter of 313 nm. Prepare the substrate 2 sheet with the liquid crystal alignment film subjected to such liquid crystal alignment treatment, and spread a 6 μm spacer on one of the liquid crystal alignment film faces, and then seal the sealant thereon, and the other substrate is aligned with the liquid crystal alignment film surface. The polarizing direction of the irradiation is applied in parallel so that the sealant is hardened to form an empty unit cell. This empty cell was injected into a liquid crystal MLC-204 1 (manufactured by Merck Co., Ltd.) by a vacuum injection method, and the injection port was closed to obtain an anti-parallel liquid crystal cell for horizontal alignment mode. Next, the above-described horizontal alignment mode is held by a polarizing plate by an anti-parallel liquid crystal cell, and the liquid crystal cell is rotated in a state where the backlight is irradiated from the rear, and the change of light and darkness or the presence or absence of the flow alignment and the alignment of the liquid crystal are visually observed. At this time, the evaluation was performed using the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 20. Evaluation criteria ◎: The alignment of the liquid crystal was confirmed, and the flow alignment was not observed. Although the liquid crystal was aligned, a certain flow alignment was observed. Δ: The liquid crystal was aligned, but many flow alignments k were observed: the liquid crystals were all misaligned. In the liquid crystal cell, the liquid crystal cell which is not irradiated with light has no display orientation at all, but in the liquid crystal cell which is irradiated with light, the liquid crystal alignment is confirmed in accordance with the amount of the compound to be modified and the amount of light irradiation. Further, when it was confirmed that each of the aligned liquid crystal cells was treated at 130 ° C for 30 minutes, etc. -109-201241046, the significant change in the alignment property was not confirmed. That is, it has been confirmed that the horizontally-oriented cells can be easily produced by appropriately selecting the type and amount of the additive. [Table 2 0] Irradiation strength (m J) of the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film. Alignment presence or absence of the example number mm Adding amount (wt %) Example 4 7 2 K Example 4 4 8 [7 2] 5 0 0 X Embodiment 4 7 3 Example 4 4 9 [7 2] 5 0 2 0 〇 Example 4 7 4 Example 4 5 0 [7 2] 5 0 5 0 〇 Example 4 7 5 Example 4 5 1 [7 2] 5 0 10 0 〇 Example 4 7 6 贲 Example 4 5 2 [7 2]. 5 0 2 0 0 ◎ Example 4 7 .7 Rhyme 4 5 3 [7 2] 5 0 5 0 0 ◎ Example 4 7 8 Example 4 5 4 [7 2] 7 0 0 X Example 4 7 9 Surface Example 4 5 5 [7 2] 7 0 2 0 . Example 4 8 0 Decoration Example 4 5 6 [7 2] 7 0 5 0 ◎ Example 4 8 1 Example 4 5 7 [7 2] 7 0 10 0 ◎ Example 4 8 2 Surface Example 4 5 8 [7 2] 7 0 2 0 0 ◎ Implementation Example 4 8 3 Surface Example 4 5 9 [7 2] 7 0 5 0 0 ◎ Example 4 8 4 Example 4 6 0 [7 2] 10 0 0 X Example 4 8 5 Surface Example 4 6 1 [7 2 10 0 2 0 ◎ Example 4 8 6 Cargo Example 4 6 2 [7 2] 10 0 5 0 ◎ Example 4 8 7 贲 Example 4 6 3 [7 2] 10 0 10 0 ◎ Example 4 8 8 ΗExample 4 6 4 [7 2] 10 0 2 0 0 ◎ Example 4 8 9 Κ Example 4 6 5 [7 2] 10 0 5 0 0 ◎ Example 4 9 0 贲Example 4 6 6 [7 4] 5 0 0 X Example 4 9 1 Example 4 6 7 [7 4] 5 0 2 0 〇 Example 4 9 2 ΪΓ Example 4 6 8 [7 4] 5 0 5 0 〇Example 4 9 3 Application k 4 6 9 [7 4] 5 0 10 0 ◎ Example 4 9 4 Example 4 7 0 [74]. 5 0 2 0 0 ◎ Example 4 9 5 13 Example 4 7 1 [7 4] 5 0 5 0 0 ◎ -110-

Claims (1)

201241046 七、申請專利範圍 1 · 一種聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液,其特徵係含有藉 由使四羧酸及其衍生物所選出的至少一種之四羧酸成分與 二胺成分進行聚合反應而得到的聚醯亞胺前驅物、及使該 聚醯亞胺前驅物醯亞胺化而得到的聚醯亞胺所選出的至少 一種之聚合物、與在二胺化合物的各自二個的胺基導入米 氏酸構造的下述式[A]所表示的二官能化合物, 【化1】201241046 VII. Patent Application No. 1 A coating liquid for forming a polyimide film, which comprises polymerizing at least one tetracarboxylic acid component selected from a tetracarboxylic acid and a derivative thereof with a diamine component. a polyimine precursor obtained by the reaction, and at least one polymer selected from the polyimine obtained by imidating the polyimine precursor ruthenium, and two of the diamine compounds a difunctional compound represented by the following formula [A] in which an amine group is introduced into a structure of a Michaelic acid, [Chemical Formula 1] (式中’Y爲來自前述二胺化合物之2價有機基,1^及R2 各自爲-Η、或可在任意位置含有苯環、環己烷環、雜環、 氟、醚鍵、酯鍵、醯胺鍵的碳原子數1〜35的一價有機基 且可與Υ之一部分連結形成環,又,1^及R2可爲相同或 相異)。 2. —種液晶配向劑,其特徵係由請求項1記載之聚 醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液所構成。 3. —種聚醯亞胺膜,其特徵係藉由將請求項1記載 之聚醯亞胺膜形成用塗佈液塗佈於基板,並進行燒成而得 到。 4. 一種聚醯亞胺膜,其特徵係由以四羧酸及其衍生 物所選出的至少一種之四羧酸成分與二胺成分進行聚合反 應而得到的聚醯亞胺前驅物、及使該聚醯亞胺前驅物醯亞 -111 - 201241046 胺化得到的聚醯亞胺所選出的至少一種之聚合物藉由在二 胺化合物的各自二個的胺基導入米氏酸構造的下述式[A] 所表示的二官能化合物進行交聯的聚醯亞胺所構成, 【化2】(wherein 'Y is a divalent organic group derived from the above diamine compound, and each of 1 and R2 is -Η, or may contain a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring, a heterocyclic ring, a fluorine, an ether bond, or an ester bond at any position. And a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 35 in the guanamine bond and may be bonded to a part of the oxime to form a ring, and 1 and R2 may be the same or different). 2. A liquid crystal alignment agent comprising the coating liquid for forming a polyimine film described in claim 1. 3. A polyimine film which is obtained by applying the coating liquid for forming a polyimide film described in claim 1 to a substrate and baking it. A polyimine film characterized by a polyimine precursor obtained by polymerizing at least one of a tetracarboxylic acid component selected from a tetracarboxylic acid and a derivative thereof and a diamine component, and The polyimine precursor 醯亚-111 - 201241046 The at least one polymer selected by the amination of the polyimine is introduced into the following by the introduction of the amino acid of each of the two amine groups of the diamine compound. The polyfunctional compound represented by the formula [A] is composed of a crosslinked polyimine, [Chemical 2] (式中,Y爲來自前述二胺化合物之2價有機基,Rl及r2 各自爲-Η、或可在任意位置含有苯環、環己烷環、雜環、 鎮、醚鍵、酯鍵 '酸胺鍵的碳原子數1〜35的—價有機基 且可與Υ之一部分連結形成環,又,1^及R2可爲相同或 相異)。 5. 一種液晶配向膜,其特徵係由請求項3或4旨己載 之聚醯亞胺膜所構成。 6. —種液晶顯示元件,其特徵係具備請求項5記載 之液晶配向膜。 -112- 201241046 四、指定代表圖: (一) 本案指定代表圖為:無 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明:無 201241046 五 本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學 式:無(wherein Y is a divalent organic group derived from the above diamine compound, and R1 and r2 are each -Η, or may contain a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring, a hetero ring, a town, an ether bond, an ester bond at any position' The acid-amine bond has a valence organic group having 1 to 35 carbon atoms and may be bonded to one of the oxime to form a ring, and 1 and R2 may be the same or different. A liquid crystal alignment film characterized by the polyimine film of claim 3 or 4. A liquid crystal display device comprising the liquid crystal alignment film of claim 5; -112- 201241046 IV. Designated representative map: (1) The representative representative of the case is: No (2) The symbol of the representative figure is simple: No 201241046 If there is a chemical formula in the case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention. :no
TW100149242A 2010-12-28 2011-12-28 A coating solution for forming a polyimide film, a liquid crystal aligning agent, a polyimide film, a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display element TWI519569B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010294290 2010-12-28

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201241046A true TW201241046A (en) 2012-10-16
TWI519569B TWI519569B (en) 2016-02-01

Family

ID=46383176

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100149242A TWI519569B (en) 2010-12-28 2011-12-28 A coating solution for forming a polyimide film, a liquid crystal aligning agent, a polyimide film, a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display element

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5831712B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101856808B1 (en)
CN (1) CN103415583B (en)
TW (1) TWI519569B (en)
WO (1) WO2012091088A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI582503B (en) * 2012-11-07 2017-05-11 Jsr股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and method for producing the same, liquid crystal display device
TWI625323B (en) * 2013-09-02 2018-06-01 Jsr股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, phase difference film and manufacturing method thereof, polymer and compound
TWI670293B (en) * 2013-11-28 2019-09-01 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal display element using same
TWI731774B (en) * 2020-08-18 2021-06-21 國立清華大學 Polyimide polymer, polyimide mixture and polyimide film

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102073437B1 (en) * 2012-04-17 2020-02-04 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Polymer, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, liquid crystal display element, and diamine
JP6051013B2 (en) * 2012-10-26 2016-12-21 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition, resist pattern formation method, polymer compound, compound
KR102041642B1 (en) * 2013-12-27 2019-11-06 코오롱인더스트리 주식회사 Polyamic Acid and Polyimine-imide Film Using the Same
CN104328667B (en) * 2014-10-29 2016-06-15 江西先材纳米纤维科技有限公司 High-performance polyimide many curved hole film, Preparation Method And The Use
JP6888241B2 (en) * 2015-04-08 2021-06-16 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for manufacturing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element and method for manufacturing liquid crystal element
TWI690544B (en) * 2016-10-28 2020-04-11 奇美實業股份有限公司 Flexible substrate composition, method of producing the same and flexible substrate
KR102382472B1 (en) 2018-11-20 2022-04-01 주식회사 엘지화학 Cross-linking agent compound, crystal alignment composition comprising the same, method of preparing liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display using the same

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1147760A (en) * 1965-06-17 1969-04-10 Sterling Drug Inc Heterocyclic nitrogen compounds
TW448336B (en) * 1996-07-11 2001-08-01 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd Alignment treating agent for a liquid crystal cell
JP4344241B2 (en) 2001-08-17 2009-10-14 チバ ホールディング インコーポレーテッド Triazine derivatives and their use as sunscreens
JP5109979B2 (en) * 2006-11-24 2012-12-26 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment treatment agent and liquid crystal display element using the same

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI582503B (en) * 2012-11-07 2017-05-11 Jsr股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and method for producing the same, liquid crystal display device
TWI625323B (en) * 2013-09-02 2018-06-01 Jsr股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, phase difference film and manufacturing method thereof, polymer and compound
TWI670293B (en) * 2013-11-28 2019-09-01 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal display element using same
TWI731774B (en) * 2020-08-18 2021-06-21 國立清華大學 Polyimide polymer, polyimide mixture and polyimide film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5831712B2 (en) 2015-12-09
KR20130130033A (en) 2013-11-29
JPWO2012091088A1 (en) 2014-06-05
TWI519569B (en) 2016-02-01
CN103415583B (en) 2016-02-24
KR101856808B1 (en) 2018-05-10
CN103415583A (en) 2013-11-27
WO2012091088A1 (en) 2012-07-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201241046A (en) Coating solution for forming polyimide film, liquid crystal alignment agent, polyimide film, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5003682B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment treatment agent and liquid crystal display element using the same
TWI486377B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
KR101518092B1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display device using the same
KR101536028B1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP6064997B2 (en) Polyimide-based liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6387957B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent containing crosslinkable compound having photoreactive group
TW201005007A (en) Liquid-crystal alignment material, liquid-crystal display element employing same, and novel diamine
JP6083388B2 (en) Method for producing liquid crystal aligning agent
JP5896164B2 (en) Functional polymer film forming coating solution and functional polymer film forming method
TW201402670A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TW201604237A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent containing polyamic acid ester-polyamic acid compolymer, and liquid crystal alignment film using same
WO2016080033A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polymer and compound
TW201132745A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element using same
JP6638645B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
KR102398327B1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, manufacturing method for liquid crystal device, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal device and compound
JP5672762B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2017170841A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment membrane, and liquid crystal display element using same
CN104969123B (en) Aligning agent for liquid crystal, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal display element
WO2021112092A1 (en) Polymer composition, liquid crystal aligining agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and method for producing liquid crystal display element
JP2023170991A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal element